ir600 hb rev 1 final

251
FY8-23AW-010 REVISION 1 JAN. 2000 SERVICE HANDBOOK COPYRIGHT © 2000 CANON INC. CANON imageRUNNER 600 REV.1 JAN. 2000 PRINTED IN U.S.A. PRINTED IN U.S.A. 0100M2.06-1 This publication is printed on 70%reprocessed paper. SERVICE HANDBOOK REVISION 1 CANON INC.

Upload: gerardosauceda

Post on 10-Apr-2015

2.977 views

Category:

Documents


6 download

DESCRIPTION

es un handbook para servicio de la copiadora Canon ir-R-600

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

FY8-23AW-010

REVISION 1

JAN. 2000

SERVICEHANDBOOK

COPYRIGHT © 2000 CANON INC. CANON imageRUNNER 600 REV.1 JAN. 2000 PRINTED IN U.S.A.PRINTED IN U.S.A. 0100M2.06-1

This publication is printed on

70%reprocessed paper.

SE

RV

ICE

HA

ND

BO

OK

REVISION 1C

AN

ON

INC

.

Page 2: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

COPYRIGHT 2000 CANON INC.

Printed in U.S.A.

Use of this manual should be strictly

supervised to avoid disclosure of confi-

dential information.

Prepared by

OFFICE IMAGING PRODUCTS TECHNICAL SUPPORT DIVISION

5-1, Hakusan 7-chome, Toride, Ibaraki, 302-8501 Japan

CANON INC.

THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS PUBLISHED BY CANON, INC., JAPAN.SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN MAY DIFFER SLIGHTLY FROMACTUAL MACHINE VALUES OR THOSE FOUND IN ADVERTISING AND OTHER PRINTED MATTER.

ANY QUESTIONS REGARDING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN SHOULD BE DIRECTED TO THECOPIER SERVICE DEPARTMENT OF THE COMPANY.

IMPORTANT

Prepared by

Office Imaging Products Technical Support Division

CANON INC

Printed in U.S.A.

REVISION 0 (JAN. 1999) (20801, 23715, 30359)

REVISION 1 (JAN. 2000) (30359)

5-1, Hakusan 7-chome, Toride, Ibaraki, 302-8501 Japan

COPYRIGHT © 2000 CANON INC. CANON imageRUNNER 600 REV.1 JAN. 2000 PRINTED IN U.S.A.

Page 3: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

CHAPTER 1 MAINTENANCE / INSPECTION

I. SCHEDULED SERVICING ITEMS................................................... 1-1

A. Copier .................................... 1-1B. Work Steps ............................ 1-4

1. Work 1 .............................. 1-42. Work 2 .............................. 1-5

II. PERIODICALLY REPLACEDPARTS ....................................... 1-9

III. DURABLES TABLE .................. 1-10A. Copier .................................. 1-10

CONTENTS

CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

A. Adjusting Images ................... 2-11. Adjusting the Image Position

......................................... 2-12. Adjusting the Left/Right Image

Margin .............................. 2-23. Adjusting the Image Leading

Edge Margin ..................... 2-64. Adjusting the Left/Right Non-

Image Width ..................... 2-65. Adjusting the Image Leading

......................................... 2-7B. Scanner System .................... 2-8

1. Replacing the Scanner Cable......................................... 2-8

C. Image Formation System .... 2-121. Routing the Primary Charging

Assembly Grid Wire ........ 2-122. Routing the Charging

Assembly Charging Wires....................................... 2-13

3. Mounting the Drum CleaningBlade .............................. 2-16

4. Replacing the DevelopingBlade .............................. 2-17

5. Replacing the PotentialSensor/Potential Control PCB....................................... 2-19

D. Pickup/Feeding System....... 2-21

B. Side Paper Deck ................. 1-13IV. POINTS TO NOTE FOR

SCHEDULED SERVICING....... 1-15V. IMAGE ADJUSTMENT BASIC

PROCEDURE........................... 1-171. Making Pre-Checks ............. 1-172. Checking the Printer Side .... 1-183. Checking the Scanner Side

............................................ 1-20

1. Orienting the Deck/CassettePickup Roller .................. 2-21

2. Orienting the Deck/CassetteSeparation Roller ............ 2-22

3. Orienting the Deck/CassettePickup Assembly FeedingRoller .............................. 2-22

4. Orienting the Manual FeedTray/Side Paper Deck PickupRoller .............................. 2-23

5. Orienting the Manual FeedPickup Roller .................. 2-24

6. Orienting the Side PaperDeck Feeding Roller ....... 2-24

7. Adjusting the Pressure of theDeck/Cassette SeparationRoller .............................. 2-25

8. Adjusting the Pressure of theManual Tray Pickup/FeedingRoller .............................. 2-26

9. Mounting the Solenoids....................................... 2-27

9-1. Position of the Fixing InletGuide Solenoid (SL1) ..... 2-28

9-2. Position of the FixingCleaning Belt Solenoid (SL2)....................................... 2-29

1

2

3

4

5

Page 4: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

9-3. Position of the DeliveryFlapper Solenoid (SL3)....................................... 2-30

9-4. Position of the Fixing/FeedingUnit Locking Solenoid (SL4)....................................... 2-30

9-5. Position of the MultifeederPickup Latching Solenoid(SL6)............................... 2-31

9-6. Position of the Deck (right)Pickup Solenoid (SL7) .... 2-32

9-7. Position of the Deck (left)Pickup Solenoid (SL8) .... 2-33

9-8. Position of the Cassette 3/4Pickup Solenoid (SL9/10)....................................... 2-34

9-9. Position of the Side PaperDeck Pickup Roller ReleasingSolenoid ......................... 2-35

10. Routing the Manual Feed TrayAssembly Side Guide TimingBelt ................................. 2-35

11. Routing the Drive Belt .... 2-36E. Fixing System ...................... 2-37

1. Points to Note WhenMounting the Fixing Heater....................................... 2-37

2. Position of the FixingAssembly Inlet Guide ..... 2-37

3. Adjusting the Lower RollerPressure (nip) ................. 2-39

F. Laser Exposure System ...... 2-401 After Replacing the Laser Unit

....................................... 2-402 Checking the Laser Power

....................................... 2-41G. Electrical Parts .................... 2-45

1 After Replacing the CCD Unit....................................... 2-45

2 After Replacing the ImageProcessor PCB ............... 2-46

3 After Replacing the MFC PCB....................................... 2-47

4. After Replacing the Hard Disk....................................... 2-48

5. After Replacing the DCController PCB ............... 2-49

6. Checking the SurfacePotential Control System....................................... 2-49

7. Checking the PotentialSystem ........................... 2-55

8. Potential Control SystemConversion Table ........... 2-57

9. Checking the EnvironmentSensor ............................ 2-61

10. Checking thePhotointerrupters ............ 2-62

H. Upgrading the Copier .......... 2-671. Replacing the DIMM ....... 2-672. Downloading................... 2-70

CHAPTER 3 ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTION OF

ELECTRICAL PARTS

A. Clutches ................................ 3-2B. Solenoids............................... 3-4C. Motors ................................... 3-6D. Fans ...................................... 3-8E. Sensors 1 ............................ 3-10F. Sensors 2 ............................ 3-12G. Switches .............................. 3-14H. Counters, Heaters, Fuses, and

Others.................................. 3-16I. PCBs ................................... 3-18J. Side Paper Deck ................. 3-20

1. Sensors and Switches....................................... 3-20

2. Motors, Clatches, Solenoids,and PCBs ....................... 3-22

K. Variable Registers (VR), Light-Emitting Diodes, and Check Pinsby PCB ................................ 3-24

1. MFC PCB ....................... 3-252. Image Processor PCB

....................................... 3-263. DC Controller PCB ......... 3-274. DC Power Supply PCB

....................................... 3-285. Relay PCB ...................... 3-286. Control Panel CPU PCB

....................................... 3-297. HV-DC PCB.................... 3-308. Side Deck Driver (side paper

deck)............................... 3-31

Page 5: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

CHAPTER 4 SERVICE MODE

A. Outline ................................... 4-11. Starting Service Mode and

Selecting an Item.............. 4-22. Ending Service Mode

......................................... 4-33. Backing Up the RAM ........ 4-34. Basic Operation ................ 4-4

B. DISPLAY Control Display Mode.............................................. 4-6

C. I/O Input/Output Display Mode............................................ 4-16

1. DC-CON ......................... 4-162. IP .................................... 4-183. FEEDER ......................... 4-284. SORTER ........................ 4-32

D. ADJUST Adjustment Mode............................................ 4-43

E. FUNCTION Operation/InspectionMode ................................... 4-56

F. OPTION Settings Mode ....... 4-67G. PG Test Print ....................... 4-78H. Counter Mode...................... 4-82

CHAPTER 5 SELF DEAGNOSIS

A. Copier Self Diagnosis ............ 5-1B. ADF Self Diagnosis ............... 5-9C. Finisher-D1 Self Diagnosis .. 5-10D. Saddle Finisher-D2 Self

Diagnosis ............................. 5-12

1. Finisher........................... 5-122. Saddle Stitcher ............... 5-153. Folder ............................. 5-164. Inserter ........................... 5-17

APPENDIX

A. GENERAL TIMING CHART ...... A-1B. LIST OF SIGNALS/

ABBREVIATIONS ..................... A-3C. GENERAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

.................................................. A-9

D. SPECIFICATIONS................... A-171. Copier ................................. A-172. Side Paper Deck-C1........... A-25

E. SPECIAL TOOLS TABLE ........ A-26F. SOLVENTS/OILS .................... A-28

Page 6: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2. SPECIFICATIONS

1. Type A built-in paper winding device.

2. Wind-up method Automatic (paper detected by pressing down theactuator of sensor) and Manual.

3. Cardbord tube for wind-up2- or 3-inch cardboard tube. (One 2-inch cardboardtube is supplied with the product. Any ordinarycardboard tube, which is used as a core of the rollpaper, can also be used.)

4. Sliding range of cardbord tube holder420-1,092.2mm (43 inch paper)

5. Applicable roll paper width for winding 24-42 inches

6. Applicable paper type for windingThick coat paper, glossy paper and semi-glossy paper.

7. Maximum wind-up amount (diameter)φ150 mm or less (after getting rid of slack)(Approximately one roll paper of φ135 mm in diameter)

8. Winding rotation 10.7rpm

9. Wind-up torque 0.392N•0m (4.0 Kgf•0cm)

10. Running noise 50 dB (A) or less (including the running sound from theBJ-W9000 printer)

11. Operating environment Temperature: 5-35°C Humidity: 10-90% R.H.

12. Power supply DC24V+5%/–6%, DC5V+5%/–7% (supplied from theBJ-W9000 printer)

13. Rating (current) 200mA (24V), 100mA (5V)

14. Weight 11.5Kg (including the mounting brackets)

Part 2: Product Specifications TU-01

2-2

Page 7: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

1-1

MAINTENANCE / INSPECTION

1CHAPTER 1 MAINTENANCE / INSPECTION

I . SCHEDULED SERVICING ITEMS

Caution:Do not use solvents/oils other than those shown herein.

A. Copier

Unit

Externals/controls

Copyboard glass

Scanner

Optical path

Charging assembly

Scanner cable Check/adjust for the first 250,000 copies.

Scanner rail Apply silicone oil (FY9-6011).

No. 1 throughNo. 3 mirrors

Dust-proofing glass

Ozone filter(FM2, FM8)

Remove the dust from the surface of the filter. See Figure 1-101.

Dust-proofing filter (FM1, FM3, FM4; FM10, FM14)

Remove the dust from the surface of the filter. See Figure 1-101.

: Clean : Replace : Oil : Adjust : Inspect

PartIntervals

Instal-lation

Remarksevery 250,000

every 500,000

every 750,000

every 1,000,000

Reflecting plate

Standard white plate

Charging wire (primary, pre-transfer, transfer/separation)

Grid wire (primary)

Roller electrode

Charging assembly shield plate (each assembly)

Table 1-101-1

Page 8: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

MAINTENANCE / INSPECTION

1-2Table 1-101-2

Unit

Photosensitive drum

Photosensitive drum

Use alcohol and drum cleaning powder (CK-0429); for steps, see B.2. "Work Steps."

Developing assembly

Cleaner

Developing cylinder

Developing assembly roll

Fixing assembly

Magnet roller For details of work, see item 2 of B.2."Work."

Delivery assembly

Separation claw (upper/lower)

Waste toner case Check/remove.

Transfer guide

Registration roller (upper, lower)

Feeding belt

Various feeding rollers

Inlet guid

Cleaning belt Remove the slack at installation.

Oil receptacle

Thermistor

No. 2 thermistor

Thermal switch

Toner replace the (rear/front)

For details of work, see item 1 of B.1."Work."

Slip ring electrode (for drum heater)

Clean the following with alcohol; then, apply grease (FY9-6008):• electrode of the slip

ring• protrusion of

electrode• static brush

: Clean : Replace : Oil : Adjust : Inspect

PartIntervals

Instal-lation

Remarksevery 250,000

every 500,000

every 750,000

every 1,000,000

Waste toner collecting mechanism

Pickup/feeding assembly

Duplexing horizontal registration sensor

Duplexing assembly

Page 9: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

1-3

MAINTENANCE / INSPECTION

Ozone filter for FM8

Dust-proofing filter for FM4

Dust-roofing filterfor FM10

Dust-proofing filter for FM1Dust-proofing filter for FM14Dust-proofing filterfor FM3

Ozone filterfor FM2

Figure 1-101

Page 10: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

1-4

MAINTENANCE / INSPECTION

B. Work StepsPerform the following for the parts associ-

ated with the drum:1. Work 1a. Cleaning the toner pan1) Slide out the fixing feeding unit from the

copier.2) Unlock the slide rails, and slide the fixing/

feeding unit farther out.

3) Remove the screw [3], and remove thetoner pan (rear, front); then, remove thetoner from the toner pan.

Figure 1-102

Figure 1-103

Toner pan

Cleaning assembly

[3]

Page 11: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

1-5

MAINTENANCE / INSPECTION

2. Work 2a. Cleaning the photosensitive drum.b. Removing the toner from the magnet

roller assembly.c. Reversing/replacing the cleaning

blade.

Caution:Do not rotate the magnet roll drive as-sembly during work. Otherwise, wastetoner may fall through the cleaner as-sembly.

1) Slide out the process unit. (Be sure toplace the drum protective sheet over thefixing/feeding unit.)

2) Take out the photosensitive drum.3) Moisten lint-free paper [1] with 5 to 10 cc

of alcohol [2]; then, pour 0.2 to 0.3 g ofdrum cleaning powder (CK-0429) [3] onthe lint-free paper.

Figure 1-105

[1]

[2][3]

CK-0429

Figure 1-104

Toner pan

Cleaning assembly

[3]

Page 12: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

1-6

MAINTENANCE / INSPECTION

4) While butting the lint-free paper relativelystrongly against the photosensitive drum,wipe the surface of the drum from thefront to the rear and from the rear to thefront.

Caution:• Keep the widths of cleaning to 5 to 10

cm in the peripheral direction of thedrum.

• Move the lint-free paper back and forth15 to 20 times over a single area.Forcing the lint-free paper will not af-fect the life of the drum.

5) When the alcohol has evaporated, drywipe the surface with lint-free paper. Ifthe area is uneven, go back to step 4), andincrease the back-and-forth movements.

6) Rotate the drum for the width (5 to 10cm), and repeat steps 3) through 5) untilthe entire area of the surface has beencleaned.

7) Remove the cleaning blade assembly.

5 to 10cm

Figure 1-106

Page 13: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

1-7

MAINTENANCE / INSPECTION

8) Insert a ruler [6] between the magnet roll[4] and the scraper [5], and move it fromthe front to the rear and then from the rearto the front to break any cake of toner.

9) Remove the cleaning blade from thecleaning blade assembly.

10) Put the reversed or new cleaning blade [7]against the edge of the rear of the bladeretaining plate [8].

Caution:When butting the cleaning blade, be sureto apply force to eliminate any gap.

Figure 1-107

[4][5]

[6]

Figure 12-108

[7][8]

Butted against the edge.

Page 14: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

1-8

MAINTENANCE / INSPECTION

11) Tighten the screws on the blade retainingplate in the order indicated.

• Tighten temporarily for screws 1through 5.

Caution 1:While the blade is held in place with theplate, tighten the screws temporarily.

• Tighten fully for screws 6 trough 10.

Caution 2:When mounting the cleaning blade, besure to put the blade auxiliary plate be-tween the blade support plate and theblade back plate.

12) Apply toner on the cleaning blade where itcomes into contact with the photosensi-tive drum; then, mount the cleaning blade.

Caution 3:After mounting the cleaning blade, ro-tate the drum; if toner slips through theblade, repeat the foregoing steps. If thefault is not corrected, replace the blade.

Figure 1-109

Figure 1-110

Blade support plate

Blade auxiliary plateBlade back plate

Page 15: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

1-9

MAINTENANCE / INSPECTION

II . PERIODICALLY REPLACED PARTS

To maintain the performance of the machine at a specific level, you must replace the parts inTable 12-101 on a periodical basis. (Once they fail, they will appreciably affect the machine re-gardless of external change or damage.)

Schedule the replacement so that it will coincide with a periodical visit.

Table 12-201

Figure 1-201

[1] Primary charging assembly

[1] Pre-transfer charging assembly

[4] No. 2 thermistor

[2] Primary grid wire

[1] Transfer/separation charging assembly

[3] Thermistor

[5] Thermal switch

As of January 2000

No.

1

2

3

4

5

Parts name

Primary, pre-transfer, separationcharging wire

Primary grid wire

Thermistor

No. 2 thermistor

Thermal switch

Parts No.

FY3-0030-000

FY1-0883-000

FH7-7463-000

FH7-7464-000

FH7-6281-000

Q’ty

AR

AR

1

1

1

Life (copies)

250,0001111

500,000

500,000

500,000

1,000,000

Remarks

If in a hightemperature /humidity area,every 125,000coies

Note: The above values are estimates only, and are subject to change based on future data.

Page 16: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

1-10

MAINTENANCE / INSPECTION

III . DURABLES TABLE

Table 12-201 shows the parts that may require replacement because of deterioration or damageat least once over the period of machine warranty. Replace them when they have failed.

A. Copier

Table 1-301-1

As of January 2000

No.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

Parts name

Scanning lamp

Developing cylinder

Developing assembly roll

Cleaner separation claw

Cleaning blade

Primary charging assembly

Transfer/separation chargingassembly

Pre-transfer charging assembly

Primary charging wire cleaner 1

Primary charging wire cleaner 2

Transfer charging wire cleaner 1

Transfer charging wire cleaner 2

Separation charging wirecleaner

Pre-transfer charging wirecleaner

Pre-transfer charging assemblyscraper

Upper fixing roller

Lower fixing roller

Parts No.

FH7-3347

FB4-1819

FB5-3111

FS5-6579

FB4-8018

FB4-1596

FG6-2015

FG6-2045

FG6-2016

FF2-3552

FF2-3551

FF5-6883

FF5-6884

FF5-7891

FF5-3090

FF5-7934

FB2-7200

FB4-2220

Q’ty

1

1

1

2

3

1

1

1

1

2

2

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

Life (copies)

200hr

1,000,000

1,000,000

1,000,000

250,000

1,000,000

1,000,000

1,000,000

1,000,000

500,000

500,000

500,000

500,000

500,000

500,000

500,000

500,000

500,000

Remarks

UL model

Use both edges;one for 500,000copies. Applytoner afterreplacement.

If in a hightemperature /humidity area,every 125,000copies.

If in a hightemperature /humidity area,every 125,000copies.

Page 17: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

1-11

MAINTENANCE / INSPECTION

Table 1-301-2

No.

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

Parts name

FB4-7491

FB2-7239

FC1-0391

Delivery lower separation claw

Pickup roller (deck, cassette)

Pickup/feeding roller (deck,cassette)

Separation roller (deck,cassette)

Pickup roller (manual feed tray)

Pickup/feeding roller (manualfeed tray)

Separation roller (manual feedtray)

Decurling guide (Rear)

Decurling guide (Center)

Decurling guide (Front)

Parts No.

FY1-1157

FB2-7239

FC1-0391

FA2-9037

FB4-2033

FB4-2034

FB2-7777

FB4-2033

FB4-2035

FB2-7545

FF5-9544

FF5-9413

FF5-9543

Q’ty

1

2

6

2

8

8

4

2

2

1

1

1

1

Life (copies)

500,000

500,000

500,000

1,000,000

250,000

250,000

250,000

120,000

120,000

120,000

500,000

500,000

500,000

Remarks

Simultaneouslywith upperfixing roller.

Actual copiesmade; may bechecked in ser-vice mode. (Use2 for eachholder.)

Actual copiesmade; may bechecked inservice mode.(Use 2 for eachholder.)

Actual copiesmade; may bechecked inservice mode.(Use 2 for eachholder.)

Actual copiesmade; may bechecked inservice mode.

Actual copiesmade; may bechecked inservice mode.

Actual copiesmade; may bechecked inservice mode.

Page 18: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

1-12

MAINTENANCE / INSPECTION

[1]

[2][3]

[3]

[4]

[5]

[22]

[22]

[22]

[22]

[23]

[23]

[23]

[24]

[24][24]

[23]

[24]

[24]

[25]

[26][27]

Figure 1-301a

Figure 1-301b

[13]

[12][11]

[10][10]

[9]

[9]

[14]

[15][6]

[7]

[8]

[16]

[17]

[18]

[19]

[19][20]

[21]

[20]

[28][29] [30]

Page 19: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

1-13

MAINTENANCE / INSPECTION

B. Side Paper Deck

Table 1-302

Figure 1-302

[1]

[2]

[3]

As of January 2000

No.

1

2

3

Parts name

Side paper deck pickup roller

Side paper deck feeding roller

Side paper deck separationroller

Parts No.

FB4-2033-000

FB4-2034-000

FB2-7777-020

Q’ty

2

2

1

Life (copies)

250,000

250,000

250,000

Remarks

Page 20: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

1-14

MAINTENANCE / INSPECTION

Blank Page

Page 21: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

1-15

Work

Part Tool/solvent

Tool/solvent

Manual feed tray, pickup roller, feeding roller

Vertical path roller

Alcohol and lint-free paper

Alcohol and lint-free paper

Cleaning.

Cleaning.

Part

Primary charging assembly, transfer/separation assembly, pre-transfer assembly

*Make sure no droplet of water remains.

*Make sure no droplet of water remains.

Part

Pre-exposure lamp

Copyboard glass

Scanning lamp

Standard white plate

Reflecting plate

No. 1 mirror through No. 3 mirror

Tool/solvent

Alcohol

Alcohol

Lint-free paper

Lint-free paper

Blower brush

Blower brush or lint-free paper

Cleaning.

Cleaning.

Dry wiping.

Dry wiping.

Cleaning.

Cleaning by a blower brush; if dirt is excessive, cleaning with lint-free paper.

Separation claw

Upper roller,lower roller

Paper guide

Re-pickup assembly, reversing roller

Re-pickup assembly, pickup roller, registration roller

Feeding assembly

Solvent and lint-free paper

Cleaning oil, lint-free paper

Solvent and lint-free paper

Alcohol, lint-free paper

Moist cloth*

Alcohol and lint-free paper

Work

Cleaning.

Cleaning.

Cleaning.

Cleaning.

Cleaning.

Cleaning.

Dust-proofing glass

Developing assembly mount

Dust-collecting roller

Registration roller

Tool/solvent

Alcohol and lint-free paper

Lint-free paper

Alcohol and lint-free paper

Moist cloth*

Work

Dry wiping; then, cleaning with lint-free paper moistened with alcohol.

Cleaning

Disposing of toner collecting around the dust-collecting roller.

Cleaning.

Cleaning.

Part Work

IV . POINTS TO NOTE FOR SCHEDULED SERVICING

Caution:• Check to make sure that the block (front, rear) is free of melting, thermal deformation, cracking,

or yellowing because of leakage. If noted, replace it with a new part.• Check and clean as far as the inside of the block (front, rear).• Do not use a cloth soiled with metal powder for cleaning.• Do not use a moist cloth. Instead, dry wipe with lint-free paper, and then use alcohol;

thereafter, make sure that alcohol has completely evaporated before mounting to the copier.• Try to finish scheduled servicing and scheduled replacement within a specific period of time.

Page 22: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

1-16

Blank Page

Page 23: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

1-17

V . IMAGE ADJUSTMENT BASIC PROCEDURE

Using the NA3 Chart, make two copies in the following mode:[1] AE[2] text[3] text/photo

Generate several test pages of the following:[1] PG4: halftone (printer)[2] PG6: blank (reader)[3] PG7: halftone (reader)[4] PG8: solid black (reader)

Go to 3 Checking the Scanner Side

Check the following:[1] height of the charging wire

<Making Pre-Checks>

Clean the following:[1] grid wire[2] primary charging wire[3] pre-transfer charging wire[4] transfer charging wire

If the test print has an error,

Output Conditions• F value at 5• potential control ON

Go to 2 Checking the Printer Side (1/2)

If only the copy image has a fault,

1 Making Pre-Checks

Page 24: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

1-18

2 Checking the Printer Side (1/2)

Is there a difference in densitybetween front and

rear?

Is the rear side lighter?

Turn the adjusting screw at the front of the primary charging assembly counterclockwise (maximum of 2 turns).

Turn the adjusting screw at the rear of the primary charging assembly counterclockwise (maximum of 2 turns).

Turn off and then on the power switch, and generate one test print using PG7 or PG4.

[1] If a difference in density remains after giving the adjusting screw 2 turns on one side (a single turn causes a change of about 0.7 mm), check the charging assembly, scanning lamp, and scanner for dirt.

[2] When turning the adjusting screw counterclockwise, be sure the distance between the wire and the grid wire will not be less than 7.5 mm.

Is the image free of blurring and the

density optimum?

Is the test print PG6 (blank) foggy?

Is the reading of 'VDM' between 432 and 452?

Is the reading of 'VL1M' between

62 and 82?

Set the following to '2' through '7' in service mode:OPTION>BODY>CNT-W/HM•A higher setting will make the density higher (darker).

Check the following of the developing assembly system:[1] developing bias[2] coating of toner on the sleeve

<Checking the Density Slope> <Checking the Solid Black Density>

YES

NO

YES

NO YES

NO

NO

YES

NO

YES

YES

NO

Are there vertical lines in

the image?

Are there vertical lines in

the image?

<Checking the Image>• Use PG4, PG7, and PG8.

YES

YES

NO

NO

ExecutingPotential Control

Check the image using PG4. Check PG8 (solid black).

Caution:

If the wire is moved away from the photosensitive drum, the image density will increase; if it is moved to the drum, the density will decrease.

Reference:

Select COPIER>DISPLAY>DPOT>VDM in service mode.

Select COPIER>DISPLAY>DPOT>VL1M in service mode.

AClean the following, and check them for adhesion of foreign matter:[1] dust-proofing glass[2] each charging assembly

Check the following; if faulty, replace parts as needed:[1] laser output[2] potential control system

Check the primary charging system and the potential control system; if normal, replace the photosensitive drum.

Page 25: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

1-19

2 Checking the Printer Side (2/2)

Is there fogging?

Is the reading of 'VDM' between

432 and 452?

Is the reading of 'VL1M' between 62 and

82?

Check the following; if faulty, replace parts as necessary.[1] laser output[2] potential control system

Decrease the setting of ADJUST>DEVELOP>DE-OFST in service mode.• A lower setting will result in a

lower density (lighter image).

<Checking Fogging> <Checking Halftone Density>

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

Check PG6 (blank). Check PG4 (halftone).

End.

Select COPIER>DISPLAY>DPOT>VDM in service mode.

Select COPIER>DISPLAY>DPOT>VL1M in service mode.

A

Compare against Nos. 6 and 7

(halftone) of the Test Chart. Is the density about

the same?

NO

YES

Check the potential control system; if normal, replace the photosensitive drum.

VD-OFSTVL-OFST

Default

To make theimage lighter

To make theimage darker

DE-OFST

Default

To make theimage lighter

To make theimage darker

00

-40 -30 -20 0 +20 +30 +40

-4 -3 -2 +2 +3 +4+4 +3 +2 -2 -3 -4

Execute service mode as follows:1) Change the setting of the following according to the table:

ADJUST>V-CONT>VD-OFST and ADJUST>V-CONT>VL-OFST.

2) If the image density is not satisfactory after performing step 1), change the following according to the table: ADJUST>DEVELOP>DE-OFST

Page 26: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

1-20

3 Checking the Scanner Side

Are there vertical lines in the

image?

Clean the following:[1] each mirror[2] lens[3] standard white plate[4] copyboard glass

Clean the following:[1] each mirror[2] lens[3] standard white plate[4] dust-proofing glass[5] scanning lamp[6] reflecting plate

Execute the following in service mode:COPIER>FUNCTION>CCD>CCD-ADJ

Execute the following in service mode:COPIER>FUNCTION>CCD>CCD-ADJ

Execute COPIER>FUNCTION>CCD>CCD-ADJin service mode.

Copy the NA3 Chart in

text mode. Is the density of gray scale No. 1 (solid

black) too low (light)?

Turn off and then on the power switch, and make one copy.

Check the life of the scanning lamp. If it has reached the end of its life, replace it.

Check to see if the standard white plate is mounted correctly. If it is not firmly in

contact, correct it.

<Making Image Initial Checks> <Checking the Density Slope> <Checking Solid Black Density>

<Checking Halftone Density>

<Checking Fogging>

YESYES

NO

NO

NO

YES

NO

NO

YES

YES

NO

NO

Increase the setting of the following in service mode:COPIER>ADJUST>DENS>DENS-ADJ

End.YES

YES

NO

NO

Make one copy ofthe A3 Chart in

text/photo mode.

YES

Go to "Checking the DensitySlope" for the printer side.

Go to "Checking the Solid BlackDensity" for the printer side.

YES

Go to "Checking the Halftone Density" for the printer side.

Is there a difference in

density between front and

rear?

Executing PotentialControl

Is gray scale No. 1

(solid black) too low (light)?

Copy the NA3 Chart in

text mode. Is the background

foggy?

Is the background foggy?

Execute the following in service mode:COPIER>FUNCTION>CCD>CCD-ADJ

Increase the setting of the following in service mode:COPIER>ADJUST>CCD>SH-TRGT.(Be sure to limit it to 40 max.)

Is the density of gray scale

No. 8 (halftone) different?

If it is too dark,

If it is too light,

Go to "CheckingFogging" for theprinter side.

YES

NO

NO

YES

Copy the NA3 Chart in AE mode. Is the

background foggy?

Is the background foggy?

Execute the following in service mode:COPIER>FUNCTION>CCD>CCD-ADJ

Decrease the setting of the following in service mode:COPIER>ADJUST>AE>AE-TBL

When the A3 Chart

is copied in text/photo mode, is the density of No. 8 optimum

when compared with Nos. 7 through 9?

B

B

Decrease the setting of the following in service mode:COPIER>ADJUST>DENS>DENS-ADJ

Is there a difference in density

between front and rear?

Page 27: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-1

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

A. Adjusting Images

Make 10 prints from each of the following sources of paper to see if the image margin and thenon-image width are as indicated:

• Cassette (each)• Front deck (left, right)• Manual feed tray• Duplexing feeding unit• Side paper deck

The image margin and the non-image width must be as follows on prints made in Direct:

1 Adjusting the Image Position

Figure 2-A101 Image Leading EdgeMargin

Figure 2-A102 Left/Right ImageMargin

Figure 2-A104 Left/Right Non-ImageWidth

Figure 2-A103 Image Leading EdgeNon-Image Width

+1.5mm4.0

—1.0mm

2.5±1.5mm

02

4

6

8

10

+1.5mm4.0 —1.0mm

2.5mm±1.5

02

4

6

8

10

2

Page 28: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

2-2

If not as indicated, adjust the image position in the following order:[1] Left/right image margin (registration adjustment)[2] Image leading edge margin (registration adjustment)[3] Left/right non-image width (CCD read start position)[4] Image leading edge non-image width (scanner image leading edge position)

2 Adjusting the Left/Right Image Margin

a. Cassette 3/41) Remove the two screws [2], and detach

the cassette front cover [1].

2) Loosen the two fixing screws [3] on theleft and right of the cassette; then, makeadjustments using the adjusting screw [4].

3) After adjustment, be sure to executeCOPIER>FUNCTION>CST>C3-STMTR/A4R or C4-STMTR/A4R inservice mode.

Figure 2-A105

[1]

[2]

Figure 2-A106

[3]

[3][4]

Page 29: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-3

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

b. Front Deck (left/right)1) Loosen the four screws [2] and the two

fixing screws [3] on the cassette frontcover [1].

2) Move the cassette guide assembly (front)[4] to the front or the rear to make adjust-ments.

Figure 2-A107

[1]

[2]

[2]

[3]

[3][2]

Figure 2-A108

[4]

Page 30: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-4

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

[1][1]

Figure 2-A110

2.5mm±2.0

Edge of paper

02

4

6

8

10

02

4

6

8

10

Decrease the setting of ADJ-REFE. (A decrease of 23 decreases the margin by 1 mm.)

Increase the setting of ADJ-REFE. (An increase of 23 increases the margin by 1 mm.)

c. Manual Feed Tray1) Loosen the two mounting screws on the manual tray, and adjust the position of the manual tray.

Figure 2-A109

d. Duplexing Feeding Unit (2nd side of double-sided print)1) Correct the image margin as specified using service mode (COPIER>ADJUST>FEED-

ADJ>ADJ-REFE).

Page 31: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-5

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

Figure 2-A111 Left Rear of the Compartment

ScrewsLatch plateScale graduations

e. Side Paper Deck1) Slide out the compartment, and adjust the position of the latch plate of the deck open solenoid

using the two screws. (At this time, use the scale graduations on the latch plate as a guide.)

Page 32: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-6

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

3 Adjusting the Image Leading Edge Margin

Leading edge of paper

Decrease the setting of REGIST. (An increase of 23 increases the margin by 1 mm.)

Increase the setting of REGIST. (A decrease of 23 decreases the margin by 1 mm.)

4 Adjusting the Left/Right Non-Image Width

Figure 2-A113

2.5mm±2.0

Image edge

02

4

6

8

10

Decrease the setting of ADJ-Y. (A decrease of 12 decreases the non-image width by 1 mm.)

Increase the setting of ADJ-Y. (An increase of 12 increases the image width by 1 mm.)

1) Set the image margin as specified in service mode (COPIER>ADJUST>FEED-ADJ>REGIST).

Figure 2-A112

1) Correct the non-image width as specified in service mode (COPIER>ADJUST>ADJ-XY>ADJ-Y).

Page 33: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-7

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

5 Adjusting the Image Leading

Figure 2-A114

Image leading edge

Decrease the setting of ADJ-X. (A decrease of 12 decreases the non-image width by 1 mm.)

Increase the setting of ADJ-X. (An increase of 12 increases the non-image width by 1 mm.)

1) Correct the non-image width as specified in service mode (COPIER>ADJUST>ADJ-XY>ADJ-X).

Page 34: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

2-8

Figure 2-B101

Figure 2-B102

[1]

Front

[1]

Rear

Before starting the work, obtain the mirrorpositioning tool (FY9-3040-000).1) Remove the ADF.2) Remove the right glass retainer.3) Remove the copyboard glass.4) Open the front cover, and remove the up-

per inside cover and the inside cover (APkit).

5) Remove the control panel.6) Remove the rear cover.7) Remove the inverter PCB unit.8) Move the No. 1 mirror mount until its

cable metal fixing [1] is visible throughthe hole in the copier's side plate.

B. Scanner System

1. Replacing the Scanner Cable

Page 35: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-9

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

Figure 2-B103

Fixtemporarily.

Wind seven times.

Steel ball

[5]

[4]

[3]

[8]

[1][2]

[6]

[7]

Put the steel ball into the hole in the pulley. (Try not to leave gaps between cable lengths.)

9) Rout the scanner cable through the pulleyand hooks as shown in Figure 2-B103.

Page 36: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

2-10

Figure 2-B104

Figure 2-B105

[2]

[3]Front

[2]

[3]Rear

10) Fit the mirror positioning tool [2] betweenthe No. 1 mirror mount and the No. 2 mir-ror mount; then, insert the pin [3] thatcomes with the mirror positioning tool.

Page 37: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-11

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

Figure 2-B106

Figure 2-B107

[1][4][4]

Front

[4][4] [1]

Rear

11) Secure the cable metal fixing [1] tempo-rarily fixed in place in [8] of step 9) usingtwo screws [4] through the hole in the sideplate.

12) Detach the mirror positioning tool.13) Mount the parts back by performing steps

1) through 7) in reverse.

Page 38: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

2-12

C. Image Formation System

1 Routing the Primary ChargingAssembly Grid Wire

Figure 2-C101

1) Check to make sure that the four screwsused to keep the blocks and the shieldingplate (front, rear) in place; then, hook theend of the charging wire on stud A; afterrouting the charging wire for 41 runs,hook it on studs, B, C, and D; then, lead itthrough the two washers [1], and turn it 1/2 over the screw [2] to keep it in place.

2) Loosen the screws [3], [4], [5], and [6];then, tighten the screw [7] at a torque of1.5 ±0.2 kg • cm; then, tighten the screws[3], [4], [5], and [6] in order at a torque of10 kg • cm or more.

Figure 2-C102

A

BC

[1] [2]D

[3][4]

[5][6]

[7]

Page 39: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-13

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

2Routing the Charging AssemblyCharging Wires

[2] [1][1]

Figure 2-C103

Figure 2-C104

As a rule, the charging wire (except thegrid wire) is routed in the same way for allcharging assemblies; the following uses thecharging assembly:1) Remove the screw one each [1], and de-

tach the shielding plates (left/right) [2].To prevent deformation (slack) of the pri-mary charging assembly, be sure to workon the left and right shielding plates sepa-rately. (Do not loosen the screws on bothleft and right shielding plates.)

2) Remove the wire cleaner.

Caution:For other charging assemblies, removethe lids (2 pcs.).

3) Free a length of about 5cm from thecharging wire reel (wire diameter 0.06mm), and form a loop on the end (2mm indiameter).

Reference:When forming a loop, wind the wirearound the hex key once, and twist thehex key three to four times; then, twistthe charging wire to form a loop easily.

Stud

Reel

Chargingwire

Charging electrode

(front) (rear)

Page 40: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

2-14

Figure 2-C105

Figure 2-C107

Figure 2-C106

Grid side

Correct Wrong

4) Cut off the twisted end of the wire (ex-cess) with a nipper.

5) Hook the loop on the stud.6) At the rear side, hook the charging wire on

the charging wire positioner; then, hookand twist the charging wire tensioningspring on the charging wire.

7) Cut the excess charging wire with a nip-per.

8) Pick the end of the charging wiretensioning spring with tweezers, and hookit on the charging wire electrode. (In thecase of the pre-transfer charging assem-bly, hook the spring on the pin at thefront.)

Caution:Check the following:• The charging wire must not be bent or

twisted.• The charging wire must be in the V-

groove of the charging wire positioned.

9) Mount the cushion at the front of thecharging wire (except the primary charg-ing assembly).

10) Mount the shielding plate (left, right).

Caution:For other charging assemblies, mountthe lids (2 pcs.).

Primary charging assembly

Pre-transfer charging assembly

Transfer charging assembly

Separation charging assembly

A=12.0±1mm

A=12.0±1mm

A=12.0±0.5mm

A=12.0±0.5mm

Caution:After stinging the charge wire for each charging assembly, check tomake sure that the length of each tension spring is as follows:

Page 41: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-15

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

Figure 2-C108

Reference:The height of the charging wire for the primary assembly and the transfer charging assemblymay be adjusted by turing the screw found on the back of the assemblies. A single turn of thescrew changes the height by about 0.7mm.

Primary

Height of the charging wire

No height adjustingmechanism

Charging assembly

Pre-transfer

Transfer

Separation

7.5 - 0mm+ 3mm

7.5 - 0mm+ 3mm

13.6±0.3mm

15.7±0.2mm

10±0.2mm

Page 42: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

2-16

Figure 2-C109

Figure 2-C110

Figure 2-C111

[1][2]

Butted against the edge.

1) Butt the cleaning blade [1] against the rearend of the blade retaining plate [2].

Caution:When butting the cleaning blade, be surethere is not gap.

2) Tighten the screws on the blade retainingplate temporarily in the order indicated.

Caution:When tightening the screws temporarily,be sure to hold the blade down againstthe end. (See Figure 6-F706.)

3) Tighten the screws on the blade retainingplate fully in the order indicated.

4) Apply toner on the cleaning blade where itcomes into contact with the photosensi-tive drum; them, mount the cleaningblade.

3Mounting the Drum CleaningBlade

Page 43: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-17

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

Figure 2-C112

Caution:When mounting the cleaning blade, besure to put the blade auxiliary plate be-tween the blade support plate and theblade back plate.

Caution:After mounting the cleaning blade, turnthe drum; if toner slips off the cleaningblade at this time, repeat the foregoingsteps.If the problem is not corrected aftertightening the screws, replace the clean-ing blade.

Blade support plate

Blade auxiliary plateBlade back plate

Figure 2-C113

[1]

[2]

1) Remove the four mounting screws [1],and detach the sleeve cover [2].

4. Replacing the Developing Blade

Page 44: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

2-18

Figure 2-C114

[7]

[5] [5]

[5][5]

[6]

[4] [3]

[5]2) Remove the screw [3], and detach the po-larity plate [4]; then, remove the fivescrews [5], and detach the blade [6] to-gether with the mounting plate [7].

Caution:The blade must be adjusted to an ex-tremely high accuracy. Do not remove iton its own in the field. (Detach it to-gether with its mounting plate.)

Mount the blade by reversing the stepsused to remove it.3) Butt the blade mounting plate against the

developing assembly, and secure it inplace with five screws.Be sure to put copy paper over the devel-oping cylinder for protection before start-ing to mount the blade.

4) Mount the polarity plate with a screw.

Page 45: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-19

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

5 Replacing the Potential Sensor/Potential Control PCB

1) Check to make sure that the data lamp on the control panel is off, and turn off the mainpower switch.

2) Disconnect the power plug.

Caution:The copier remains powered as long as the power plug is connected to the power outlet evenafter the main power switch is turned off. Be sure to disconnect the power plug.

3) Replace the potential sensor/potential control PCB.

Caution:The potential sensor and the potential control PCB are adjusted as a pair. Be sure to replaceboth of them if either of them must be replaced.

Potential sensor

Potential sensortester electrode

4) Fit the potential sensor tester electrode (FY9-3041) to the potential sensor.

Figure 2-C115

Caution:When fitting the tester electrode to the potential sensor, take care so that the magnet of theelectrode will not come into contact with the potential sensor cover.

Page 46: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-20

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

Figure 2-C116

Potential sensor support plate

Cable

Support plate (GND)

5) Connect the cable of the potential sensor tester electrode to the support metal plate (GND) ofthe potential measurement PCB.

Caution:Be sure not to bring the clip into contact with the sensor cover by keeping it sufficiently awayfrom the window of the sensor.

6) Insert the door switch actuator into the door switch assembly.7) Connect the power plug to the power outlet, and turn on the main power switch and the control

panel power switch.8) Execute COPIER>FUNCTION>DPC>OFST in service mode.9) Record the setting of OFST on the service label.10) Check to make sure that the data lamp on the control panel is off, and turn off the main power

switch.11) Disconnect the power plug from the power outlet.12) Detach the potential sensor tester electrode.13) Connect the power plug to the power outlet, and turn on the main power switch and the control

panel power switch.

Page 47: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-21

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

1 Orienting the Deck/Cassette Pickup Roller

[1]Collar (gold) (front of the copier)

[2]

[3]Direction of rotation

Figure 2-D101b

Collar (silver) (rear of the copier)[4]

[5]

[6]Direction of rotation

D. Pickup/Feeding System

Mount the deck/cassette pickup roller by reversing the steps used to remove it with the follow-ing in mind:

• The front and rear pickup rollers are not interchangeable.• The front pickup roller is identified by its gold collar. When mounting the pickup roller [1] to

the pickup assembly, be sure that the round marking [2] and the round marking [3] on the collar(gold) are toward the copier's front.

Figure 2-D101a

• The rear pickup roller is identified by its silver collar. When mounting the rear pickup roller [4]to the pickup assembly, be sure that the round marking [5] on the side of the roller is toward thecopier's front while the round marking [6] on the collar (silver) is toward the copier's rear.

Page 48: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-22

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

2 Orienting the Deck/Cassette Separation Roller

Wider groove Narrower groove

(front of the copier)

3 Orienting the Deck/Cassette Pickup Assembly Feeding Roller

Figure 2-D103

[2][1]

[4]

[3]

[5]

(front of the copier)

When replacing the separation roller, be sure to orient it as follows:

Figure 2-D102

When mounting the deck/cassette pickup assembly feeding roller, be sure that the belt pulley[2] is toward the copier's front. When mounting the feeding roller [3] to the feeding roller shaft [4],be sure that the round marking [5] is toward the copier's front.

Page 49: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-23

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

4 Orienting the Manual Feed Tray/Side Paper Deck Pickup Roller

(direction of rotation)

[1]

[2]

Collar (silver) (front of the copier)

[1] Pickup roller[2] Marking (collar)

Figure 2-D104b

(direction of rotation)

Collar (gold) (rear of the copier)

[5]

[6]

[4][4] Pickup roller[5] Marking (roller)[6] Marking (collar)

Mount the manual feed tray/side paper deck pickup roller by reversing the steps used to removeit with the following in mind:

• The front and rear pickup rollers are not interchangeable.• The front pickup roller is identified by its silver collar. When mounting the pickup roller [1] to

the pickup assembly, be sure that the round marking [2] on the collar (silver) is toward thecopier's front.

Figure 2-D104a

• The rear pickup roller is identified by its gold collar. When mounting the pickup roller [4] tothe pickup assembly, be sure that the round marking [5] on the side of the roller and the roundmarking [6] on the collar (gold) are toward the rear of the copier.

Page 50: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-24

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

5 Orienting the Manual Feed Pickup Roller

(front of the copier)

[3]

[4][2]

[1]

[5]

6 Orienting the Side Paper Deck Feeding Roller

Figure 2-D106

(front)

[3]

[4] [2] [1]

[5]

When routing the feeding roller assembly [1] to the manual feed tray pickup assembly, be surethat the belt pulley [2] is toward the copier's front. When mounting the feeding roller [3] to thefeeding roll shaft [4], be sure that the round marking [5] is toward the copier's front.

Figure 2-D105

When mounting the feeding roller [1] to the side paper deck pickup assembly, be sure that thebelt pulley [2] is toward the copier's front. When mounting the feeding roller [3] to the feeding rolershaft [4], be sure that the round marking [5] is toward the copier's rear.

Page 51: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-25

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

7 Adjusting the Pressure of the Deck/Cassette Separation Roller

Figure 2-D107

[1]

[2]

[3]

[4]

[1] Feeding roller[3] Pressure lever

[2] Separation roller[4] Pressure spring

If double feeding or pickup failure occurs during pickup operation, reposition the pressurespring of the separation roller.

• If double feeding occurs, move the spring into the direction of arrow B.• If pickup failure occurs, move the spring in the direction of arrow A.

Page 52: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-26

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

BA

If double feeding or pickup failure occurs during pickup operation, reposition the pressurespring of the separation roller.

• If double feeding occurs, move the spring in the direction of arrow A.• If pickup failure occurs, move the spring in the direction of arrow B.

8 Adjusting the Pressure of the Manual Tray Pickup/Feeding Roller

Figure 2-D108

Page 53: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-27

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

9 Mounting the Solenoids

SL9

SL10

SL7SL8

SL6

SL11

SL3

SL4

SL2SL1

SL 1 SL 2

SL 3

SL 8 SL 7SL 9 / 10

SL 4SL 11

SL 101Side paper deck

1.8mm Guide

Solenoid(SL 1)

Solenoid(SL 2)

Solenoid(SL 2)

10.5±0.5mm

Solenoid(SL 4)

Solenoid(SL 3)

8.6mm

50±

0.5m

m

36±

0.5m

m

34.5

±0.

5mm

No adjustmentneeded

0.4±0.2mm

Solenoid(SL 6)

SL 6

Push fully.

A

(if the fixing cleaning belt is new) (if the fixing cleaning belthas been in use)

Solenoid(SL 101)

Screws

Figure 2-D109

Page 54: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-28

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

9.1 Position of the Fixing Inlet Guide Solenoid (SL1)

1.8mmGuide

[1]Solenoid (SL1)

Adjust the position of the solenoid using the screw [1] so that the guide will lower 1.8 mmwhen the solenoid turns on.

Figure 2-D110

Page 55: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-29

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

9.2 Position of the Fixing Cleaning Belt Solenoid (SL2)

8.6mm

Solenoid (SL2)

[1]

Figure 2-D111b

A

Solenoid (SL2)

[1]

a. If the Fixing Cleaning Belt is NewAdjust the position of the solenoid using the screw [1] so that the movement of the drive lever

will be over a distance of 8.6 mm.

Figure 2-D111a

b. If the Fixing Cleaning Belt Has Been in UseBefore removing the solenoid, take note of the position A of the drive lever when the solenoid

is on. After replacing the solenoid, adjust the position using the screw [1] so that it will be the sameas it was before removal when the solenoid turns on.

Page 56: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-30

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

9.3 Position of the Delivery Flapper Solenoid (SL3)

Solenoid (SL 3)

[1]

Pushed fully.

9.4 Position of the Fixing/Feeding Unit Locking Solenoid (SL4)

10.5

±0.

5mm

Solenoid(SL 4)

Locking lever

[1]

Figure 2-D113

Adjust the position of the solenoid using the screw [1] so that the drive lever is fully movedwhen the solenoid turns on (i.e., the steel core is pulled).

Figure 2-D112

Adjust the position of the solenoid using the screw [1] so that the locking lever sticks out of theframe by 10.5 ±0.5 mm when the solenoid turns on (steel core is pulled).

Page 57: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-31

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

9.5 Position of the Multifeeder Pickup Latching Solenoid (SL6)

A

[1] [2]

0.4±

0.2m

m

0.4±

0.2m

m

Slide the solenoid into the direction of A to adjust so that the gap between the shutter [1] andthe shutter plate [2] is 0.4 ±0.2 mm when the solenoid is pulled.

Figure 2-D114b

Figure 2-D114a

Page 58: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-32

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

9.6 Position of the Deck (right) Pickup Solenoid (SL7)

Figure 2-D115

[1]

[1][2]

[2]

A

Viewed from A

34.5

±0.

5mm

Adjust pickup solenoid using the screw [1] so that the distance between the bottom face of thepickup unit of each holder and the bottom edge of the bushing of the support plate is 34.5 ±0.5 mmwhen the plunger of the pickup roller releasing solenoid is pulled as shown (operated as in [1] and[2]).

Page 59: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-33

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

9.7 Position of the Deck (left) Pickup Solenoid (SL8)

Figure 2-D116

[2]

[1]

[1]

[2]

A

Viewed from A

50±

0.5m

m

Adjust the pickup solenoid using the screw [1] so that the distance between the bottom face ofthe pickup unit of each holder and the bottom edge of the bushing of the roller support plate is 50±0.5 mm when the plunger of the pickup roller releasing solenoid is pulled as shown (operated as in[1] and [2]).

Page 60: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-34

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

9.8 Position of the Cassette 3/4 Pickup Solenoid (SL9/10)

[1][2]

[1]

[2]

A

Viewed from A

36±

0.5m

m

Figure 2-D117

Adjust the pickup solenoid using the screw [1] so that the distance between the bottom face ofthe pickup unit of each holder and the bottom edge of the bushing of the roller support plate is 36±0.5 mm when the plunger of the pickup roller releasing solenoid is pulled as shown (operated as in[1] and [2]).

Page 61: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-35

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

9.9 Position of the Side Paper Deck Pickup Roller Releasing Solenoid

[2] [1]

10 Routing the Manual Feed Tray Assembly Side Guide Timing Belt

Figure 2-D119

����

Pulley

Timing belt

Rack plate Pulley Section A

B

Slide volume

Before removing the deck pickup roller releasing solenoid [1] from the support plate, keep noteof the positions of the two fixing screws [2] of the solenoid with reference to the scale graduationson the support plate; or, mark the position of the solenoid (of itself) on the support plate with ascriber.

If you are mounting the solenoid on its own, be sure to secure it in place in its initial position.

Figure 2-D118

Butt the rack plate of the manual feed tray against section A (open condition).Move the slide volume into the direction of B, and attach the timing belt to the pulley.

Page 62: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-36

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

Pickup motor

Pickup drive belt

Main drive belt

Main motor

Developing/waste toner drive belt

11 Routing the Drive Belt

Figure 2-D120

Page 63: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-37

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

E. Fixing System

1. Do not touch the surface of the heater.2. Mount the fixing heater so that its terminal with the longer wire is toward the front. (This

applies to both heaters.)3. Mount the main heater (760 W for the 15A model; 850 W for the 20 A model) on the right side

of the fixing assembly (viewing from the front) and the sub heater (400 W for the 15A model;360 W for the 20A model) to the left side.

4. Connect the fastons of the heater harness at the rear. (Connect the right side to the main heater,and the top side to the sub heater when viewing from the rear.)

Points to Note When Adjusting in the Field• The inlet guide must be mounted as shown in the diagram.• The inlet guide must lower when the solenoid (SL1) turns on.• The inlet guide must be level so that the difference in height between its front and rear must be

within 0.5 mm.• The inlet guide must be adjusted for height by loosening the fixing screw on the "height adjust-

ing support plate."

1 Points to Note When Mounting the Fixing Heater

2 Position of the Fixing Assembly Inlet Guide

Page 64: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-38

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

1.5±0.2mm1.5±0.2mm

Fixing screw

Fixing screw

Height of the Fixing Assembly Inlet Guide

Figure 2-E101

Caution:You would have to adjust the position of the inlet guide if you removed the inlet guide mount.Do not loosen the fixing screw on the inlet guide to avoid adjustment. If the fixing screw hasbeen loosened for some reason, be sure to tighten it back in reference to the scale graduationson the fixing assembly mount.

Page 65: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-39

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

3 Adjusting the Lower Roller Pressure (nip)

�c

a

b

A3

copy

pap

er

Feeding direction

Center of paper

The nip width is correct if it is as indicated in Table 2-E101. Otherwise, adjust it using thepressure adjusting nut.

Figure 2-E102

Caution:a and c are points 10 mm from both edges of the paper.

*Taken when the upper and lower rollers have sufficiently been heated.

Table 2-E101

a. Measuring the Nip Width1) Place A3 copy paper on the manual feed tray.2) Select COPIER>FUNCTON>FIXING>NIP-CHK in service mode, and discharge the paper.

A3 copy paper will be picked up and discharged as a copy (Figure 2-E102).

Measurements*

7.3±0.5mm

0.5 mm or less

Dimensions

b

l a-c l

Page 66: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-40

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

1 After Replacing the Laser Unit

F. Laser Exposure System

1) Check to make sure that the data lamp on the control panel is off, and turn off the main powerswitch.

2) Disconnect the power plug.

Caution:The machine remains powered as long as the power plug is connected to the power outleteven after the main power switch has been turned off. Be sure to disconnect the power plug.

3) Replace the laser unit.4) Take notes of the values recorded on the label (LA-PWR-A/B, LA-DELAY) of the new laser

unit.5) After mounting, connect the power plug, and turn on the main power switch and the control

panel power switch.6) Enter the values from step 4) in service mode (COPIER>ADJUST>LASER>LA-PWR-A/B,

COPIER>ADJUST>LASER>LA-DELAY).

Page 67: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-41

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

2 Checking the Laser Power

Image processor cover

Laser power checker inlet cover

1) Check to make sure that the data lamp on the control panel is off, and turn off the main powerswitch.

2) Disconnect the power plug from the power outlet.3) Remove the image processor cover according to the instructions in the following: Chapter

4>IV.B "Removing the Image Processor PCB."

Figure 2-F101

4) Open the laser power checker inlet cover.

Figure 2-F102

5) Shift the switch on the laser power checker (FY9-4008) to '2'.

Page 68: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-42

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

7537

04 DIGITAL

MULTIMETER

YOKOGAWA

POWERPOWER

OP

EN

TERMINALSHUTTER

20kHz10A

COM

mA·uA

10AmA

02

4

2

REL/%

AVGSELECT

RANGE

MIN/MAXDATA-H

4-

+

mV

mV+0(/Hz/rpm

/ADP/K C

V

~VHz

/ CU

uA

FUSED

FUSED

1000VMAX

!

TRUE RMS0.1% V

/~/Hz

Digital multimeter

Light-receiving face

Laser power checker

Figure 2-F104

6) Orient the light-receiving face of the laser power checker as shown, and insert it.

Figure 2-F103

7) Insert the lead wire of the laser power checker into the digital multimeter.

Page 69: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-43

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

8) Connect the power plug to the power outlet, and turn on the main power switch and the controlpanel power soft switch.

9) Select COPIER>FUNCTION>LASER in service mode.10) Select POWER-A, and press the OK key.11) Check to see if the reading of the digital multimeter is between 6 and 8 mV so that the power of

the laser A is at a correct level.12) Select POWER-B, and press the OK key.13) Check to see if the reading of the digital multimeter is between 6 and 8 mV so that the power of

the laser B is at a correct level.

Page 70: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-44

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

Blank Page

Page 71: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-45

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

1 After Replacing the CCD Unit

G. Electrical Parts

1) Check to make sure that the data lamp on the control panel is off, and turn off the main powerswitch.

2) Disconnect the power plug.

Caution:The copier remains powered as long as it is connected to the power outlet even after the mainpower switch has been turned off. Be sure to disconnect the power plug.

3) Replace the CCD unit.4) After mounting, connect the power plug to the power outlet, and turn on the main power switch

and the control panel power switch.5) Execute COPIER>FUNCTION>CCD>CCD-ADJ in service mode.6) Record the new values when all items of COPIER>ADJUST>CCD and the data of

COPIER>ADJUST>LAMP>L-DATA have been updated.

Page 72: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-46

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

1) Make settings in user mode except the following:• adjust/clean>change middle staple position• adjust/clean>change double staple width

2) Record the setting of the following in service mode:• item A

3) Check to make sure that the data lamp on the control panel is off, and turn off the main powerswitch.

4) Disconnect the power plug from the power outlet.

Caution:The machine remains powered as long as the power plug is connected to the power outleteven after the main power switch has been turned off. Be sure to disconnect the power plug.

5) Replace the image processor PCB.6) Take notes of the values (IP-DELAY) recorded on the new image processor PCB.

Figure 2-G101

7) After mounting, connect the power plug, and turn on the main power switch and the controlpanel power switch.

8) Execute COPIER>FUNCTION>CLEANER>IP in service mode.9) Turn off and then on the main power switch, and turn on the control panel power switch.10) Enter the settings of the user mode/service mode that have been recorded.11) Execute COPIER>FUNCTION>CCD>CCD-ADJ in service mode.12) Record the new values when all items of COPIER>ADJUST>CCD and the data of

COPIER>ADJUST>LAMP>L-DATA have been updated.13) Enter the values from step 6) in service mode (COPIER>ADJUST>LASER>IP-DELAY).

2 After Replacing the Image Processor PCB

Page 73: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-47

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

3 After Replacing the MFC PCB

1) Take notes in user mode except the following:• adjust/clean>change middle staple position• adjust/clean>change double staple width

2) Record the setting of the following in service mode:• item B

3) Check to make sure that the data lamp on the control panel is off, and turn off the main powerswitch.

4) Disconnect the power plug from the power outlet.

Caution:The machine remains powered as long as the power plug is connected to the power outleteven after the main power switch has been turned off. Be sure to disconnect the power plug.

5) Replace the MFC PCB.6) Check to make sure that the setting of the DIP switch on the new MFC PCB is the same as the

DIP switch on the removed MFC PCB.7) After mounting, connect the power plug to the power outlet, and turn on the main power switch

and the control panel power switch.8) Execute COPIER>FUNCTION>CLEAR>MF-CON in service mode.9) Turn off and then on the main power switch, and turn on the control panel power switch.10) Record the settings from the previous step in user mode/service mode.

Page 74: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-48

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

4 After Replacing the Hard Disk

1) Take notes in user mode for the following:• set image server spec>register/set mail box• set image server spec>set image server size

2) Inform the user that the following will be lost and obtain his/her approval:• form images in memory• images in mail box

3) As necessary take notes of the following in service mode (the data will be lost):• COPIER>DISPLAY>JAM• COPIER>DISPALY>ERR• COPIER>COUNTER>JOB>all items

4) Check to make sure that the data lamp on the control panel is off, and turn off the main powerswitch.

5) Disconnect the power plug from the power outlet.

Caution:The machine remains powered as long as the power plug is connected to the power outleteven after the main switch has been turned off. Be sure to disconnect the power plug from thepower outlet.

6) Replace the hard disk.7) After mounting, connect the power plug, and turn on the main power switch and the control

power switch.8) Execute COPIER>FUNCTION>HARD-DISK>FORMAT in service mode.

If the result of execution is OK, end the work.If the result of execution is NG, execute COPIER>FUNCTION>HRD-DISK>SCANDISK.If the result is NG once again, replace the hard disk (it is likely to be faulty).

Page 75: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-49

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

5 After Replacing the DC Controller PCB

6 Checking the Surface Potential Control System

No particular work is needed in conjunction with the replacement of the DC controller PCB.

a. OutlineIf an image fault occurs, it is important first to find out whether the cause is in the latent static

formation block (including the photosensitive drum and the potential control system) or the devel-opment/transfer block, requiring a check on the surface potential, which may be checked in servicemode.

b. Disabling Auto ControlThe auto control mechanism may be disabled as one way of finding out whether the corona

current control, lamp intensity control, or developing bias control mechanism is faulty ("non-autocontrol mode" hereafter).

Non-auto control mode, further, may be used as an emergency measure in response to a fault inany of the auto control mechanisms.

Keep in mind that each output in non-auto control will be fixed to its standard setting.

1. Steps1) Select COPIER>OPTION>BODY>PO-CNT in service mode; then, enter '0', and press the

OK key.2) Press the Reset key twice.

Caution:In non-auto control mode, all settings for corona current control, light intensity control, anddeveloping bias control will automatically be set to the standard settings stored in the ROM.

2. Making Use of Non-Auto Control ModeIf an image fault occurs, use it to find out whether the cause is on the input side or the output

side of the microprocessor on the DC controller PCB.If the images made in non-auto control mode are relatively better, the potential measurement

unit or the DC controller PCB may be faulty.

Page 76: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-50

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

Figure 2-G102

J522

Connector (J3)

c. Zero-Level CheckA "zero level check" may be used as a means to find out the condition of the surface potential

control circuit.

Reference:A zero-level check is to find out whether a microprocessor is reading 0 V when the surfacepotential of the drum is 0 V.

A zero-level check enables a check on the microprocessor on the DC controller PCB and themeasuring unit, and it may be either of the following two ways; method 1 enables a check on thelevel shift circuit on the DC controller PCB, while method 2 enables a check on the potentialmeasurement circuit:1. Method 11) Turn off the power switch.2) Short J522-1 and -2 on the DC controller PCB with a jumper wire, and disconnect the connec-

tor J3 of the potential control PCB.

Page 77: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-51

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

Connector

3) Fit the door switch actuator into the door switch assembly, and turn on the power switch.4) Select COPIER>DISPLAY>DPOT>DPOT-K in service mode, and check to make sure that

the reading during initial rotation is between 0 and 30.

If the reading is not between 0 and 30, the DC controller PCB may be faulty.

5) Turn off the power switch, and detach the door switch actuator.6) Remove the door switch actuator.6) Detach the jumper wire from the DC controller PCB.7) Connect the connector to J3 on the potential control circuit.8) Turn on the power switch.

2. Method 21) Turn off the power switch.2) Remove the developing assembly, and slide out the process unit.3) Disconnect the connector of the potential sensor.

Figure 2-G103

Page 78: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-52

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

Potential sensor support plate

Screws

ConnectorsPotential sensor support plate

4) Remove the two screws, and replace the potential sensor support plate.

Figure 2-G104

5) Put back the developing assembly and the process unit.6) Connect the connector of the potential sensor.

Figure 2-G105

Page 79: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-53

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

Potential sensor

Potential sensor tester electrode

Figure 2-G107

Potential sensor support plate

Cable

Support metal plate (GND)

7) Attach the potential sensor tester electrode (FY9-3041) to the potential sensor.

Caution:When attaching the tester electrode to the potential sensor, take care so that the magnet on themeter electrode will not come into contact with the potential sensor cover.

Figure 2-G106

8) Connect the cable of the potential sensor tester electrode to the support metal plate (GND) ofthe potential measurement PCB.

Caution:Be sure never to bring the clip into contact with the cover of the sensor. Keep it sufficientlyaway from the window of the sensor.

Page 80: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-54

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

9) Fit the door switch auto control into the door switch assembly.10) Turn on the power switch.

Caution:Do not touch the potential sensor after turning on the power switch.

11) Select COPIER>DISPLAY>DPOT>DPOT-K in service mode, and check that the reading dur-ing initial rotation is between 0 and 30.

Reference:1. If the result in method 1 is as indicated, and the result in method 2 is not as indicated,

suspect dirt on the sensor or a fault in the potential measurement unit.2. If the results in method 1 and method 2 are as indicated,

assume that the signal path from the potential sensor unit to the microprocessor on the DCcontroller PCB is normal and the operation in general is also normal.

12) Turn off the power switch.13) Detach the potential sensor meter electrode.14) Mount the potential sensor support plate.15) Turn on the power switch.

Page 81: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-55

7 Checking the Potential System

[1] Short J522-1 and -2 on the DC controller PCB with a jumper wire.

[2] Disconnect J3 from the potential measurement PCB.

Turn off the potential control mechanism.COPIER>OPTION>BODY>PO-CNT '0'

Turn off the power switch.

[1] Remove the jumper wire used to short J522-1 and -2 on the DC controller PCB.

[2] Connect J3 on the potential measurement PCB.

Check to make sure that the potential measurement PCB is powered, and check the potential sensor using the potential sensor meter electrode.

Turn off the power switch.

Turn on the power switch.

Turn on the potential control mechanism:COPIER>OPTION>BODY>PO-CNT '1'

Turn off and then on the power switch.

Check the laser output.

Replace the laser unit.

START

NO

YES

NO

YES

YES

NO

Turn on the power switch.

Replace the DC controller PCB.NO

<Checking the Laser Output> A

YES

Replace the photosensitive drum. If the problem is not corrected, check the laser output.

Turn off potential control:COPIER>OPTION>BODY>PO-CN-T '0'

END

Select the following in service mode:COPIER>DISPLAY>HV-STS>PRIARY (current of primary charging assembly).Convert the reading (in µA) taken during copying into a control voltage as in

YES

NO

YES

Measure the voltage PR-CNT during copying at the J510A-3 on the DC controller PCB.

Replace the DC controller PCB.NO

<Checking the Primary Output>

Start service mode:COPIER>DISPLAY>DPOT>DPOT-K

Is the problem corrected?

Is the reading between 0 and 30?

Replace HVT. Is the problem corrected?

Is the reading of the following in service mode 50 ±10?

COPIER>DISPLAY>DPOT>VLIM

Is the laser output at the

maximum level?

Is the difference

between the actual measurement of PR-CNT and the

reading of PRIMARY in service mode

±10%?

Potential Control Conversion Table.8

Page 82: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-56

Turn on the potential control mechanism:COPIER>OPTION>BODY>PO-CNT '1'

Measure the voltage DEV-DC-CNT during copying at J510A-9 on the DC controller PCB.

Check the developing assembly for leakage. If normal, check the transfer output.

Select the following in service mode:COPIER>DISPLAY>HV-STS> BIAS(developing bias DC value).Convert the reading taken during copying (in V) into a control voltage as in

Measure the voltage of J510A-8 on the DC controller PCB.

YES

YES

A

Replace the DC controller PCB.NO

Replace the DC controller PCB.NO

<Checking the Developing Bias Output>

Turn off the potential control mechanism:COPIER>OPTION>BODY>PO-CNT '0'

Measure the voltage TR-CNT during copying at J510A-6 on the DC controller PCB.

[1] Check the transfer charging assembly for leakage.[2] Change the setting of the following in service

mode: COPIER>OPTION>BODY>FUZZY.[3] Try replacing copy paper.

Select the following in service mode:COPIER>DISPLAY>HV-STS>TRConvert the reading (µA) taken during copying into a control voltage USING

Replace the DC controller PCB.

Replace the photosensitive drum.

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

End.

<Checking the Transfer Output>

YES

Is the difference between the actual

measurement of DEV-DC-CNT and

BIAS in service mode ±10%?

Is the voltage about5 V when the scanner is moving forward?

Is the toner image on the photosensitive

drum before transfer normal?

Is the difference between the actual measurement of TR-CNT and TR in service

mode ±10%?

Replace thehigh-voltage

transformer. Is the problem corrected?

Potential Control Conversion Table.8

Potential Control Conversion Table.8

Page 83: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-57

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

Separation(µA)

100

96

92

88

85

81

77

73

70

66

62

58

55

51

47

43

40

36

32

28

25

21

17

13

10

6

2

-1

-5

-8

-12

-16

-20

-23

-27

-31

-35

-38

-42

-46

Primary(µA)

1,400

1,391

1,382

1,373

1,365

1,356

1,347

1,338

1,330

1,321

1,312

1,303

1,295

1,286

1,277

1,268

1,260

1,251

1,242

1,233

1,225

1,216

1,207

1,198

1,190

1,181

1,172

1,163

1,155

1,146

1,137

1,128

1,120

1,111

1,102

1,093

1,085

1,076

1,067

1,058

Developingbias (V)

0

3

7

11

15

18

22

26

30

33

37

41

45

48

52

56

60

63

67

71

75

78

82

86

90

93

97

101

105

108

112

116

120

123

127

131

135

138

142

146

Pre-transfer(µA)

0

-2

-4

-6

-8

-10

-12

-14

-16

-18

-20

-22

-24

-26

-28

-30

-33

-35

-37

-39

-41

-43

-45

-47

-49

-51

-53

-55

-57

-59

-61

-63

-66

-68

-70

-72

-74

-76

-78

-80

Transfer(µA)

440

437

434

431

429

426

426

420

418

415

412

409

407

404

401

398

396

393

390

387

385

382

379

376

374

371

368

365

363

360

357

354

352

349

346

343

341

338

335

332

Control (V)

3.00

3.05

3.10

3.15

3.20

3.25

3.30

3.35

3.40

3.45

3.50

3.55

3.60

3.65

3.70

3.75

3.80

3.85

3.90

3.95

4.00

4.05

4.10

4.15

4.20

4.25

4.30

4.35

4.40

4.45

4.50

4.55

4.60

4.65

4.70

4.75

4.80

4.85

4.90

4.95

8 Potential Control System Conversion Table

Page 84: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-58

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

Pre-transfer(µA)

-82

-84

-86

-88

-90

-92

-94

-96

-99

-101

-103

-105

-107

-109

-111

-113

-115

-117

-119

-121

-123

-125

-127

-129

-132

-134

-136

-138

-140

-142

-144

-146

-148

-150

-152

-154

-156

-158

-160

-162

Transfer(µA)

330

327

324

321

319

316

313

310

308

305

302

299

297

294

291

288

286

283

280

277

275

272

269

266

264

261

258

255

253

250

247

244

242

239

236

233

231

228

225

222

Primary(µA)

1,050

1,041

1,032

1,023

1,015

1,006

997

938

980

971

962

953

945

936

927

918

910

901

892

883

875

866

857

848

840

831

822

813

805

796

787

778

770

761

752

743

735

726

717

708

Developingbias (V)

150

153

157

161

165

168

172

176

180

183

187

191

195

198

202

206

210

213

217

221

225

228

232

236

240

243

247

251

255

258

262

266

270

273

277

281

285

288

292

296

Separation(µA)

-50

-53

-57

-61

-65

-68

-72

-76

-80

-83

-87

-91

-95

-98

-102

-106

-110

-113

-117

-121

-125

-128

-132

-136

-140

-143

-147

-151

-155

-158

-162

-166

-170

-173

-177

-181

-185

-188

-192

-196

Control (V)

5.00

5.05

5.10

5.15

5.20

5.25

5.30

5.35

5.40

5.45

5.50

5.55

5.60

5.65

5.70

5.75

5.80

5.85

5.90

5.95

6.00

6.05

6.10

6.15

6.20

6.25

6.30

6.35

6.40

6.45

6.50

6.55

6.60

6.65

6.70

6.75

6.80

6.85

6.90

6.95

Page 85: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-59

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

Control (V)

7.00

7.05

7.10

7.15

7.20

7.25

7.30

7.35

7.40

7.45

7.50

7.55

7.60

7.65

7.70

7.75

7.80

7.85

7.90

7.95

8.00

8.05

8.10

8.15

8.20

8.25

8.30

8.35

8.40

8.45

8.50

8.55

8.60

8.65

8.70

8.75

8.80

8.85

8.90

8.95

Primary(µA)

700

691

682

673

665

656

647

638

630

621

612

603

595

586

577

568

560

551

542

533

525

516

507

498

490

481

472

463

455

446

437

428

420

411

402

393

385

376

367

358

Developingbias (V)

300

303

307

311

315

318

322

326

330

333

337

341

345

348

352

356

360

363

367

371

375

378

382

386

390

393

397

401

405

408

412

416

420

423

427

431

435

438

442

446

Pre-transfer(µA)

-165

-167

-169

-171

-173

-175

-177

-179

-181

-183

-185

-187

-189

-191

-193

-195

-198

-200

-202

-204

-206

-208

-210

-212

-214

-216

-218

-220

-222

-224

-226

-228

-231

-233

-235

-237

-239

-241

-243

-245

Separation(µA)

-200

-203

-207

-211

-215

-218

-222

-226

-230

-233

-237

-241

-245

-248

-252

-256

-260

-263

-267

-271

-275

-278

-282

-286

-290

-293

-297

-301

-305

-308

-312

-316

-320

-323

-327

-331

-335

-338

-342

-346

Transfer(µA)

220

217

214

211

209

204

203

200

198

195

192

189

187

184

181

178

176

173

170

167

165

162

159

156

154

151

148

145

143

140

137

134

132

129

126

123

121

118

115

112

Page 86: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-60

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

Control (V)

9.00

9.05

9.10

9.15

9.20

9.25

9.30

9.35

9.40

9.45

9.50

9.55

9.60

9.65

9.70

9.75

9.80

9.85

9.90

9.95

10.00

10.05

10.10

10.15

10.20

10.25

10.30

10.35

10.40

10.45

10.50

10.55

10.60

10.65

10.70

10.75

10.80

10.85

10.90

10.95

11.00

Primary(µA)

350

341

332

323

315

306

297

288

280

271

262

253

245

236

227

218

210

201

192

183

175

166

157

148

140

131

122

113

105

96

87

78

70

61

52

43

35

26

17

8

0

Developingbias (V)

450

453

457

461

465

468

472

476

480

483

487

491

495

498

502

506

510

513

517

521

525

528

532

536

540

543

547

551

555

558

562

566

570

573

577

581

585

588

592

596

600

Pre-transfer(µA)

-247

-249

-251

-253

-255

-257

-259

-261

-264

-266

-268

-270

-272

-274

-276

-278

-280

-282

-284

-286

-288

-290

-292

-294

-297

-299

-301

-303

-305

-307

-309

-311

-313

-315

-317

-319

-321

-323

-325

-327

-330

Transfer(µA)

110

107

104

101

99

96

93

90

88

85

82

79

77

74

71

68

66

63

60

57

55

52

49

46

44

41

38

35

33

30

27

24

22

19

16

13

11

8

5

2

0

Separation(µA)

-350

-353

-357

-361

-365

-368

-372

-376

-380

-383

-387

-391

-395

-398

-402

-406

-410

-413

-417

-421

-425

-428

-432

-436

-440

-443

-447

-451

-455

-458

-462

-466

-470

-473

-477

-481

-485

-488

-492

-496

-500

Page 87: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-61

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

9 Checking the Environment Sensor

1) Perform the following:Select COPIER>DISPLAY>ANALOG in service mode; then, check and record the tempera-ture and the humidity indicated on the control panel.data ARTMP °C ....data A1RHUM % ....data A2

2) Press the Reset key twice, and turn off the power switch.3) Remove the environment sensor, and insert the environment sensor tool (FY9-3014) in its

place.4) Turn on the power switch, and leave the copier alone for 5 min.5) Select COPIER>DISPLAY>ANALOG in service mode; then, check and record the tempera-

ture and the humidity on the control panel:data BRTMP °C ....data B1RHUM % ....data B2

6) Compare data A and data B.• The difference between data A1 and data B1 is 0 ±5.• The difference between data A2 and data B2 is 0 ±20.

If the difference between data A and data B is not as indicated, replace the environmentsensor.

7) Press the Reset key twice, and turn off the power switch.8) Detach the environment sensor tool, and inert the environment sensor.9) Mount all covers.

Caution:The environment sensor tool (FY9-3014) is adjusted at the factory to high accuracy. To main-tain its performance, be sure to store it in an airtight case with a drying agent.

Page 88: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-62

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

The copier's photointerrupters may be checked using either its service mode or a conventionalmeter or the machine's service mode.

a. Using a Meter1) Set the meter range to 30 VDC.2) Connect the - probe of the meter to GND of the DC controller PCB.3) Connect the + probe of the meter to the terminals indicated (DC controller PCB).4) Make checks as indicated.

b. Using Service Mode1) Select COPIER>I/O in service mode, and check the appropriate addresses:

Caution:Take care. Turning on/off a sensor can start a motor or the like.

10 Checking the Photointerrupters

Page 89: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-63

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

Sensor Checks 1/0 VoltageConnector No.

I/O addressWhile in standby, move the scanner by hand.

While in standby, move the scanner by hand.

While in standby, move the copyboard cover by hand.

While in standby, put paper over PS5.

While in standby, put paper over PS6.

While in standby, put paper over PS7.

While in standby, put paper over the detecting lever of PS8.

While in standby, put paper over the detecting lever of PS9.

While in standby, put paper over the detecting lever of PS10.

While in standby, put paper over the detecting lever of PS11.

While in standby, put paper over the detecting lever of PS12.

While in standby, put paper over the detecting lever of PS13.

J507-A1

PC

J507-A4

PC

J507-B9

PC

J509-A2

PC

J508-B15

PC

J508-B2

PC

J508-B5

PC

J508-A2

PC

J508-A8

PC

J508-A11

PC

J519-B6

PC

J519-B7

PC

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

0

1

0

1

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

0

1

1

0

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

0V

5V

0V

5V

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

0V

5V

5V

0V

The light-blocking plate is at PS1.The light-blocking plate is not at PS1.When the light-blocking plate is at PS3.When the light-blocking plate is not at PS3.The cover is closed.

The cover is opened.

Paper is not over PS5.

Paper is over PS5.

Paper is not over PS6.

Paper is over PS6.

Paper is not over PS7.

Paper is over PS7.

Paper is inserted.

Paper is removed.

Paper is inserted.

Paper is removed.

Paper is inserted.

Paper is removed.

Paper is inserted.

Paper is removed.

Paper is inserted.

Paper is removed.

Paper is inserted.

Paper is removed.

PS1Scanner home position sensor

PS3Image leading edge sensor

PS4Copyboard cover open/closed sensor

PS5Registration paper sensor

PS6Fixing claw jam sensor

PS7Fixing cleaning belt sensor

PS8Fixing cleaning belt warning sensor

PS9Internal delivery sensor

PS10External delivery sensor

PS11Fixing/feeding unit outlet sensor

PS12Duplexing reversal sensor

PS13U-turn sensor

Page 90: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-64

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

Sensor Checks 1/0 VoltageI/O address

While in standby, put paper over the detecting lever of PS14.

While in standby, put paper over the detecting lever of PS15.

While in standby, put paper over the detecting lever of PS16.

While in standby, move the rear partition plate by hand.

While in standby, move the side guide by hand.

While in standby, put paper over the detecting lever of PS19.

While in standby, move the detecting lever by hand.

While in standby, move the detecting lever by hand.

While in standby, move the detecting lever by hand.

While in standby, move the detecting lever by hand.

While in standby, move the detecting lever by hand.

While in standby, move the detecting lever by hand.

While in standby, move the detecting lever by hand.

While in standby, move the detecting lever by hand.

J519-B8

PC

J519-B9

PC

J508-A5

PC

J510-B8

PC

J519-B1

PC

J514-A2

PC

J511-B2

PC

J511-A6

PC

J511-A9

PC

J511-B5

PC

J511-B8

PC

J518-A8

PC

J519-B10

PC

J511-B11

PC

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

Paper is inserted.

Paper is inserted.

Paper is removed.

Paper is removed.

Paper is inserted.

Paper is inserted.

Paper is removed.

Paper is removed.

The light-blocking plate is not at PS18.The light-blocking plate is at PS18.Paper is inserted.

Paper is removed.

The light-detecting plate is at PS21.

The light-detecting plate is at PS20.The light-detecting plate is not at PS20.

The light-detecting plate is not at PS21.The light-detecting plate is at PS22.The light-detecting plate is not at PS22.The light-detecting plate is at PS23.The light-detecting plate is not at PS23.The light-detecting plate is at PS24.The light-detecting plate is not at PS24.The light-detecting plate is at PS25.The light-detecting plate is not at PS25.The light-detecting plate is at PS26.The light-detecting plate is not at PS26.The light-detecting plate is at PS27.The light-detecting plate is not at PS27.

PS14Pre-confluence sensor

PS15Post-confluence sensor

PS16Reversal sensor

PS17Manual feed tray paper sensor

PS18Horizontal registration sensor

PS19Waste toner full sensor

PS20Front deck (right) pickup sensor

PS21Front deck (right) lifter sensor

PS22Front deck (right) paper sensor

PS23Front deck (right) open/closed sensor

PS24Front deck (right) limit sensor

PS25Front deck (left)pickup sensor

PS26Front deck (right) feeding sensor

PS27Front deck (right) feeding sensor

Connector No.

Page 91: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-65

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

Sensor Checks 1/0 VoltageI/O address

While in standby, move the detecting lever by hand.

While in standby, move the detecting lever by hand.

While in standby, move the detecting lever by hand.

While in standby, move the detecting lever by hand.

While in standby, move the detecting lever by hand.

While in standby, move the detecting lever by hand.

While in standby, move the detecting lever by hand.

While in standby, move the detecting lever by hand.

While in standby, move the detecting lever by hand.

While in standby, move the detecting lever by hand.

While in standby, move the detecting lever by hand.

While in standby, move the detecting lever by hand.

While in standby, move the detecting lever by hand.

While in standby, move the detecting lever by hand.

J509-B9

PC

J518-A2

PC

J518-A5

PC

J518-B2

PC

J518-A5

PC

J510-B2

PC

J515-B2

——

J515-A6

PC

J515-A9

——

J515-B5

PC

J515-B8

PC

J517-B2

PC

J518-A6

PC

J517-A9

PC

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

The light-detecting plate is at PS28.

The light-detecting plate is at PS31.

The light-detecting plate is not at PS28.

The light-detecting plate is not at PS31.The light-detecting plate is at PS32.

The light-detecting plate is at PS33.

The light-detecting plate is not at PS32.

The light-detecting plate is not at PS33.The light-detecting plate is at PS34.The light-detecting plate is not at PS34.The light-detecting plate is at PS35.The light-detecting plate is not at PS35.

The light-detecting plate is at PS38.

The light-detecting plate is at PS37.The light-detecting plate is not at PS37.

The light-detecting plate is not at PS38.The light-detecting plate is at PS39.The light-detecting plate is not at PS39.The light-detecting plate is at PS40.The light-detecting plate is not at PS40.The light-detecting plate is at PS41.The light-detecting plate is not at PS41.The light-detecting plate is at PS42.The light-detecting plate is not at PS42.The light-detecting plate is at PS43.The light-detecting plate is not at PS43.The light-detecting plate is at PS44.The light-detecting plate is not at PS44.

PS28Fixing/feeding unit releasing lever sensor

PS31Front deck (left) lifter sensor

PS32Front deck (left) paper sensor

PS33Front deck (left) open/closed sensor

PS34Front deck (left) limit sensor

PS35Multifeeder detecting inlet sensor

PS37Cassette 3 pickup sensor

PS38Cassette 3 lifter sensor

PS39Cassette 3 paper sensor

PS40Cassette 3 open/closed sensor

PS41Vertical path 3 sensor

PS42Cassette 4 pickup sensor

PS43Cassette 4 lifter sensor

PS44Cassette 4 paper sensor

Connector No.

Page 92: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-66

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

Sensor Checks 1/0 VoltageI/O address

While in standby, move the detecting lever by hand.

While in standby, move the detecting lever by hand.

While in standby, move the detecting lever by hand.

While in standby, move the detecting lever by hand.

While in standby, move the detecting lever by hand.

While in standby, move the detecting lever by hand.

While in standby, move the detecting lever by hand.

While in standby, move the detecting lever by hand.

While in standby, move the detecting lever by hand.

While in standby, move the detecting lever by hand.

While in standby, move the detecting lever by hand.

While in standby, move the detecting lever by hand.

Connector No.

J517-A9

PC

J517-B8

PC

J502-B5

PC

J516-A2

PC

J516-B9

PC

J513-B9

PC

J513-B12

——

J514-B9

PC

J514-B12

——

J502-A2

PC

J502-B2

PC

J512-B2

PC

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

The light-detecting plate is at PS45.The light-detecting plate is not at PS45.The light-detecting plate is at PS46.The light-detecting plate is not at PS46.The light-detecting plate is at PS47.The light-detecting plate is not at PS47.The light-detecting plate is at PS48.The light-detecting plate is not at PS48.The light-detecting plate is at PS49.The light-detecting plate is not at 49.The light-detecting plate is at PS51.The light-detecting plate is not at PS51.The light-detecting plate is at PS52.The light-detecting plate is not at PS52.The light-detecting plate is at PS54.The light-detecting plate is not at PS54.The light-detecting plate is at PS55.The light-detecting plate is not at PS55.The light-detecting plate is at PS56.The light-detecting plate is not at PS56.The light-detecting plate is at PS58.The light-detecting plate is not at PS58.The light-detecting plate is at PS59.The light-detecting plate is not at PS59.

PS45Cassette 4 open/closed sensor

PS46Vertical path 4 sensor

PS47Pre-registration paper sensor

PS48Lower right cover open/closed sensor

PS49Vertical path 2 sensor

PS51Deck (right) paper level middle sensor

PS52Deck (right) paper level upper sensor

PS54Deck (left) paper level middle sensor

PS55Deck (left) paper level upper sensor

PS56Multifeeder cover open/closed sensor

PS58Left center cover open/closed sensor

PS59Toner cartridge cover open/closed sensor

Page 93: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-67

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

H . Upgrading the Copier

The copier may be upgraded by either of the following two ways:[1] Replacing the DIMM on the image processor PCB and the DIMM on the MFC PCB; or[2] Re-writing the contents of the DIMM by downloading from the computer.

1. Replacing the DIMMFigure 2-H101 shows where the DIMMs are mounted.

Figure 2-H101

DIMM on the imageprocessor PCB

DIMM on the MFC PCB

Page 94: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-68

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

a. Removing the DIMM of the Image Processor PCB1) Turn off the main power switch, and disconnect the power cord from the power outlet.2) Remove the copyboard glass, and detach the small cover of the IP cover by removing the

screw.3) Open the claws of the slot, and pull off the DIMM as if to lift it at an angle.

Figure 2-H102

Push.

Push.

DIMM

Small coverScrew

Page 95: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-69

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

b. Removing the DIMM of the MFC PCB1) Turn off the main power switch, and disconnect the power cord from the power outlet.2) If the printer board is installed, remove it.3) Remove the rear cover.4) Open the claws of the slot, and remove the DIMM as if to lift it at an angle.

Figure 2-H103

Push.

Push. DIMM

Page 96: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-70

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

2. Downloadinga. Before the Work• Prepare a PC to which the copier service support tool (downloading tool) has been installed.• Prepare a bi-Centronics cable (with the "IEEE 1284Std-compliant" notation).

b. Downloadingb-1. Making Connections• Check to make sure that the data lamp is off.1) Turn off the copier’s main power switch, and disconnect the power plug; if the printer board is

installed, disconnect the cable.2) Open the front door, and open the connector cover for downloading.

Figure 2-H104

3) Slide the switch shown in Figure 2-H105 to LOAD position, and disconnect the two connec-tors.

Figure 2-H105

4) Connect the copier and the PCB with the bi-Centronics cable.• Keep the PC OFF.• Be sure that the 25-pin end of the bi-Centronics cable is to the PCB and the 36-pin end is to the

copier.

Connector coverfor downloading

LOAD

Switch for downloadingConnectors

Bi-Centronics connector

Page 97: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-71

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

5) Turn on the PCB, and start the copier service support tool.6) Connect the copier’s power plug to the power outlet, and turn on the main power switch; then,

turn on the control panel power switch.

b-2. Downloading1) When the copier service support tool has started, select 'To Main Menu' on the screen.2) Select 'Next' under 'Download/Upload'.

Figure 2-H106

3) Select the PCB for downloading.IP: DIMM for IP-CPUMFC: DIMM for MFC

4) Start downloading for the flash ROM as instructed on the screen of the PC.5) When downloading has ended, turn off the PC as follows:

Press 'OK' ! 'return to PCB selection menu' ! 'OK' ! 'return to main menu' ! 'end servicesupport tool' ! 'end'

Page 98: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

2-72

STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

b-3 After Downloading1) Turn off the copier’s main power switch, and disconnect the power plug.2) Turn off the PC.3) Disconnect the bi-Centronics cable from the PC and the copier.4) Slide the download switch to the COPY position, and connect the two connectors.

Figure 2-H107

5) Close the connector cover, and close the front door.6) Turn on the main power switch and the control panel power switch.7) Start service mode, and check the ROM version:

COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION

COPY

Switch for down loadingConnectors

Page 99: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

3-1

ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTION OF ELECTRICAL PARTS

3

CHAPTER 3 ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTION OF

ELECTRICAL PARTS

Page 100: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTION OF ELECTRICAL PARTS

3-2

A. Clutches

Figure 3-101

CL18CL7

CL5CL6

CL1

CL4

CL9

CL2

CL17CL16

CL19

CL14

CL15

CL13

CL12

CL8CL10

CL11

CL21

CL3

Page 101: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

3-3

ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTION OF ELECTRICAL PARTS

Clutches

Description

Drives the hopper.Drives the registration roller.Drives the registration roller brake.Drives the developing cylinder.Drives the pre-registration roller.Drives the pre-registration roller brake.Drives the manual feed tray pickup roller.Drives the vertical path 1 roller.Drives the vertical path 2 roller.Drives the front deck (right) pickup roller.Drives the front deck (left) pickup roller.Drives the cassette 3 pickup roller.Drives the vertical path 3 roller.Drives the cassette 4 pickup roller.Drives the vertical path 4 roller.Drives the lower feeding middle roller.Drives the lower feeding right roller.Drives the manual feed tray feeding roller.Drives the front deck (left) feeding roller.Switches delivery speed.

Symbol Name

Clutch

Notation

CL1CL2CL3CL4CL5CL6CL7CL8CL9CL10CL11CL12CL13CL14CL15CL16CL17CL18CL19CL21

CL

Page 102: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTION OF ELECTRICAL PARTS

3-4

B. Solenoids

Figure 3-102

SL9

SL10

SL7

SL8

SL6

SL11

SL3

SL4

SL2 SL1

Page 103: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

3-5

ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTION OF ELECTRICAL PARTS

Solenoids

Description

Drives the fixing inlet guide.Drives the fixing cleaning belt.Drives the delivery flapper.Locks the fixing/feeding unit.Drives the manual feed tray pickup latch.Drives the front deck (right) pickupmechanism.Drives the front deck (left) pickupmechanism.Drives the cassette 3 pickup mechanism.Drives the cassette 4 pickup mechanism.Drives the reversing flapper.

Symbol Name

Solenoid

Notation

SL1SL2SL3SL4SL6SL7

SL8

SL9SL10SL11

SL

Page 104: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTION OF ELECTRICAL PARTS

3-6

C. Motors

Figure 3-103

M6

M5

M18

M4

M0

M1

M2

M13

M14 M3

M11

M12M16

M17

M7M8

M9M15

Page 105: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

3-7

ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTION OF ELECTRICAL PARTS

Motors

Description

Drum motorMain motorPickup motorFixing motorLaser scanner motorScanner motorCartridge motorPre-transfer charging wire cleaner motorPrimary charging wire cleaner motorTransfer separation charging wire cleanermotorReversal motorDuplexing feeding motorFront deck (right) lifter motorFront deck (left) lifter motorHorizontal registration motorCassette 3 lifter motorCassette 4 lifter motorHopper inside toner feeder motor

Symbol Name

Motor

Notation

M0M1M2M3M4M5M6M7M8M9

M11M12M13M14M15M16M17M18

M

Page 106: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTION OF ELECTRICAL PARTS

3-8

D. Fans

Figure 3-104

FM8

FM5

FM9

FM2FM13

FM7

FM4

FM10

FM3FM14

FM1

FM6

FM11

FM12

Page 107: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

3-9

ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTION OF ELECTRICAL PARTS

Fans

Description

Primary charging assembly fanFixing assembly heat discharge fanScanner cooling fanStream reading fanLaser driver cooling fanDe-curling fanFeeding fanDrum fanInverter cooling fanPre-transfer charging assembly fanPower supply cooling fan 1Power supply cooling fan 2Separation fanLaser scanner fan

Symbol Name

Fans

Notation

FM1FM2FM3FM4FM5FM6FM7FM8FM9FM10FM11FM12FM13FM14

Page 108: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTION OF ELECTRICAL PARTS

3-10

E. Sensors 1

Figure 3-105

PS47

PS59PS35

PS12

PS5

PS13

PS8

PS34

PS7

PS31

PS10

PS32

PS9

PS33

PS6

PS25

PS11

PS26

PS16

PS14

PS52

PS24

PS51

PS21

PS55

PS22

PS54

PS23

PS49

PS20

PS41

PS27

PS37

PS15

PS28

PS38

PS39

PS17

PS40

PS46

PS48

PS42

PS58

PS45

PS56

PS44

PS43

PS19

PS1

PS4

PS3

PS57

PS18

Page 109: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

3-11

ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTION OF ELECTRICAL PARTS

Sensors 1

Description

Scanner home position detectionImage leading edge detectionADF open/closed detectionRegistration paper detectionFixing claw jam detectionFixing cleaning belt detectionFixing cleaning belt warning detectionInternal delivery paper detectionExternal delivery paper detectionFixing feeding unit outlet paper detectionDuplexing reversal paper detectionU-turn paper detectionPre-confluence paper detectionPost-confluence paper detectionReversal paper detectionManual feed tray paper detectionHorizontal registration paper detectionWaste toner case full detectionFront deck (right) pickup paper detectionFront deck (right) lifter position detectionFront deck (right) paper detectionFront deck (right) open/closed detectionFront deck (right) lifter upper limit detectionFront deck (left) pickup paper detectionFront deck (left) feeding paper detectionFront deck (right) feeding paper detectionFixing/feeding unit releasing lever detectionFront deck (left) lifter position detectionFront deck (left) paper detectionFront deck (left) open/closed detectionFront deck (left) lifter upper limit detectionManual feed tray de-curling inlet paper detectionCassette 3 pickup paper detectionCassette 3 lifter position detectionCassette 3 paper detectionCassette 3 open/closed detectionVertical path 3 roller paper detectionCassette 4 pickup paper detectionCassette 4 lifter position detectionCassette 4 paper detectionCassette 4 open/closed detectionVertical path 4 roll paper detectionVertical path roller 1 paper detectionLower right cover open/closed detectionVertical path 2 roller paper detectionFront deck (right ) medium level paper detectionFront deck (right) upper level paper detectionFront deck (left) medium level paper detectionFront deck (left) upper level paper detectionManual feed tray cover open/closed detectionCopyboard glass detectionMiddle right cover open/closed detectionToner cartridge cover open/closed detection

Symbol Name

Photointerrupter

Notation

PS1PS3PS4PS5PS6PS7PS8PS9PS10PS11PS12PS13PS14PS15PS16PS17PS18PS19PS20PS21PS22PS23PS24PS25PS26PS27PS28PS31PS32PS33PS34PS35PS37PS38PS39PS40PS41PS42PS43PS44PS45PS46PS47PS48PS49PS51PS52PS54PS55PS56PS57PS58PS59

Page 110: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTION OF ELECTRICAL PARTS

3-12

F. Sensors 2

Figure 3-106

TS2

TS3

TS1

SIZE2SIZE1

SVR1DP1

SIZE4SIZE3

SVR2

SV1

SVR3

SV2

Page 111: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

3-13

ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTION OF ELECTRICAL PARTS

Sensors 2

Description

Hopper inside toner level detection 1Hopper inside toner lower limit detection 2Developing assembly inside toner leveldetection

Drum surface potential measurement

Cassette 3 paper length detectionCassette 4 paper length detection

Original size detection 1Original size detection 2Original size detection 3Original size detection 4

Manual feed tray paper width detectionCassette 3 paper width detectionCassette 4 paper width detection

Symbol Name

Piezoelectricoscillator

Potential sensor

Photointerrupter

Reflecting typesensor

Slide registration

Notation

TS1TS2TS3

DP1

SV1SV2

SIZE1SIZE2SIZE3SIZE4

SVR1SVR2SVR3

TS

DP

SV

SIZE

Page 112: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTION OF ELECTRICAL PARTS

3-14

G. Switches

Figure 3-107

MSW5MSW3

MSW4

MSW6

SW1

MSW1

SW3

MSW8

SW2

MSW2

MSW7

Page 113: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

3-15

ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTION OF ELECTRICAL PARTS

Switches

Description

Main switchFront cover switchDrum heater switch

Cartridge detectionWaste toner clogging detectionPre-transfer charging wire cleaner home positiondetectionPrimary charging wire cleaner home position detectionManual feed tray cover open/closed detectionTransfer/separation charging wire cleaner home positiondetectionFront cover open/closed detectionCartridge motor drive

Name

Switch

Notation

SW1SW2SW3

MSW1MSW2MSW3

MSW4MSW5MSW6

MSW7MSW8

Page 114: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTION OF ELECTRICAL PARTS

3-16

H. Counters, Heaters, Fuses, and Others

Figure 3-108

ELCB1

FL1

LF1

LED1

RL1

H5

SSR1

H3

HD1

H4

TH1

CNT2

TH2

CNT3

TP1

CNT1

H1H2

RL2

Page 115: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

3-17

ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTION OF ELECTRICAL PARTS

Counters, Heaters, Fuses, and Others

Description

Total counterOptions counter (some 230-V models only)Printer counter

Solid state relay

Scanning lamp

Fixing main heaterFixing sub heaterDrum heaterCassette heater (standard with 100-V)Scanning lamp heater

Fixing heater main thermistorFixing heater sub thermistor (end part)

Fixing heater thermal switch

Leakage breaker

AC power supply noise removal

Fixing heater power supplyDrum heater/cassette heater power supply

Drum pre-exposure

Hard disk memory

Name

Counter

SSR

Scanning lamp(fluorescent lamp)

Heater

Thermistor

Thermal switch

Leakage breaker

Line filter

Relay

Pre-exposure lamp

Image server (hard disk)

Notation

CNT1CNT2CNT3

SSR1

FL1

H1H2H3H4H5

TH1TH2

TP1

ELCB1

LF1

RL1RL2

LED1

HD1

Page 116: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTION OF ELECTRICAL PARTS

3-18

I. PCBs

Figure 3-109

11

27

32

17

12

9

33

20

6

7

30

19

4

8

31

23

5

1

29

15

22

2

26

10

24

3

16

14

25

28

18

13

Page 117: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

3-19

ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTION OF ELECTRICAL PARTS

Description

CCD drive/analog image processingDigital image processingImage data storageSystem controlSignal relayDC load controlLaser diode driveLaser intensity controlScanner motor driverDC power supplyHigh-voltage DC component generationHigh-voltage AC component generationDownloading I/FDC power supply distribution/supplyCassette heater driveFluorescent lamp activation controlDrum heater driveLaser beam detectionDrum surface potential controlOptions counter driveMachine internal temperature/humidity detectionDuplexing feeding unit driveCassette 3 paper level detection

Cassette 4 paper level detection

Laser scanner motor drive

Fluorescent lamp intensity controlFluorescent lamp intensity detectionOriginal orientation detection

Control panel controlControl panel key input, LED indication

Control panel power switch

Control panel contrast adjustment

Notation

123456789

1011121314151617181920222324

25

26

272829

3031

32

33

Name

CCD PCBImage processor PCBPage memory PCBMFC PCBSystem motherboardDC controller PCBLaser driver PCB 1Laser driver PCB 2Scanner motor drier PCBDC power supply PCBHVT-DC1 PCBHVT-AC PCBBi-Centronics PCBRelay PCBHeater driver PCBFluorescent inverter PCBDrum heater control PCBBD PCBPotential control PCBOptions counter PCBEnvironment sensor PCBNo-stacking PCBCassette 3 paper leveldetection PCBCassette 4 paper leveldetection PCBLaser scanner motor drierPCBIntensity control PCBIntensity sensor PCBOriginal orientationdetection PCBControl panel CPU PCBControl panel key andLED PCBControl panel mainswitching PCBControl panel volumePCB

PCBs

Page 118: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTION OF ELECTRICAL PARTS

3-20

J. Side Paper Deck1. Sensors and Switches

Figure 3-110 Side Paper Deck

SW102

SW101PS106

PS105

PS101

PS104

PS102

PS103

PS107 SW100PS109

PS108

Page 119: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

3-21

ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTION OF ELECTRICAL PARTS

Detects paper picked up from the deck.Detects the absence of paper in the deck.Detects the upper limit of the deck lifter.Detects the position of the deck lifter.Detects installation (connection) of the deck.Detects paper in the vertical path for thedeck.Detects the deck paper supply position.Detects the level of paper in the deck.Detects the state (open) of the deck.

Deck open switch

Deck open detecting switchDeck lifter upper limit detecting switch

Symbol

Photointerrupter

Switch

Microswitch

Name

PS101PS102PS103PS104PS105PS106

PS107PS108PS109

SW100

SW101SW102

Notation Description

Page 120: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTION OF ELECTRICAL PARTS

3-22

2. Motors, Clutches, Solenoids, and PCBs

Figure 3-111 Side Paper Deck

M101

SL102

M102

SL101

CL101

[2]

[1]

CL102

Page 121: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

3-23

ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTION OF ELECTRICAL PARTS

M101M102

CL101CL102

SL101SL102

[1][2]

M

C L

S L

Deck main motorDeck lifter motor

Deck vertical path clutchDeck pickup clutch

Deck pickup roller releasing solenoidDeck open solenoid

Side deck driver PCBOpen switch PCB

Symbol

Motor

Clutch

Solenoid

PCB

Name Notation Description

Page 122: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTION OF ELECTRICAL PARTS

3-24

K. Variable Registers (VR), Light-Emitting Diodes, and CheckPins by PCB

Of the variable resistors (VR), light-emitting diodes, and switches found inside the machine,those needed in the field are discussed.

Caution:1. Some LEDs emit dim light even when they are off. This is a normal condition, and must be

kept in mind.2. VRs that may be used in the field.

:

VRs that must not be used in the field

:

Caution:The VRs and check pins not found in the tables are for factory use only. They require specialtools and high accuracy and, therefore, must not be touched in the fieled when making adjust-ments and checks.

Page 123: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

3-25

ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTION OF ELECTRICAL PARTS

1. MFC PCB

Figure 3-112

The functions of the DIP switch (SW1) are as follows; use it to change the country (site) ofinstallation:

J1409

J1408

J1401

J140

2

J140

3

J140

6J1

405

J141

0

BA

T1

SW1

ON

J1409

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Setting Configuration

AB

A

INCH

AB/INCH

Page 124: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTION OF ELECTRICAL PARTS

3-26

2. Image Processor PCB

Figure 3-113

J111

1

BAT1

J1114

J1109

J1108J1112

J110

5J1

106

J110

7

J1113

J1103J1102J1101

J1110

LED

1

LED

2

LED

3

LED

4

Page 125: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

3-27

ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTION OF ELECTRICAL PARTS

3. DC Controller PCB

Figure 3-114

J524

J521J523

J525

J510J511

J512J513J514J515J516J517J518

J519J501

J502J503

J504

J505 J506 J507 J508 J509

J520

VR1

J522

J526

Page 126: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTION OF ELECTRICAL PARTS

3-28

4. DC Power Supply PCB

Figure 3-115

5. Relay PCB

Figure 3-116

FU

101

J701

J703J702

Q931

R261

J712 J711

J1705J1704

J1704

J1716

J1712 J1714

J1705 J1701

J1719J1711

J1718 J1713

J1721

J1720 J1717 J1723

J1702 J1703J1722

J1706

Page 127: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

3-29

ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTION OF ELECTRICAL PARTS

6. Control Panel CPU PCB

Figure 3-117

J100

2J1

004

J1003

J1013J1009

J1008 J1001

J1005J1006

J1012

J1011J1010

Page 128: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTION OF ELECTRICAL PARTS

3-30

7. HV-DC PCB

Figure 3-118

The slide switch (SW101) is for factory use only, and is not used for servicing work in the field.(Keep it as it is set at the factory.)

J732 J737 J733

SW101

J731

J734

J721 J722 J723

3 1 2 1

3

1

2

1

2 1

1 4 1 5 1 16

Settings

Page 129: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

3-31

ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTION OF ELECTRICAL PARTS

8. Side Deck Driver (side paper deck)

Figure 3-119

J106J103 J105

J107

J101

J102

J109

2 113 61 1 3

7

1

J108

8

1

1

3

10

1

J104

12

1

1

Page 130: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

4-1

SERVICE MODE

CHAPTER 4 SERVICE MODE

A. OutlineThe service mode screen configuration has a 3-layer construction: Initial screen, Level 1/Level

2 screen, and Level 3 screen.

Figure 4-A101 Configuration of the Screens

Initial screen

Level 1/Level 2 screen

Level 3Item screen

Level 3Item screen

Level 3Item screen

User screen

From Level 1/Level 2 screen

Reset key

Previous/Nextpage

Previous/Nextpage

Previous/Nextpage

( )(2,8)( )

Reset key

Select a Level 1 item at the top of the screen;then, select a Level 2 item.

Level 3Item screen

Select an item.

4

Page 131: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

SERVICE MODE

4-2

The copier’s service mode is divided into the following seven:

Figure 4-A102 Service Mode Classification

1. Starting Service Mode and Selecting an Item1) Press the asterisk key " " on the control panel.

2) Press "2" and "8" on the keypad at the same time.

3) Press the asterisk key " " on the control panel.

!The above operations bring up the Initial screen (Figure 4-A103).

Figure 4-A103 Initial Screen

COPIER

FEEDER

SORTER

BOARD

DISPLAY

I/O

ADJUST

FUNCTION

OPTION

TEST

COUNTER

Control display mode

I/O display mode

Adjustment mode

Operation/inspection mode

Settings mode

Test print mode

Counter mode

COPIER

FEEDER

SORTER

BOARD

Shown if installed.

Shown if installed.

Shown if installed.

Finisher service mode

Copier service mode

ADF service mode

Accessory board service mode

Page 132: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

4-3

SERVICE MODE

2. Ending Service ModePress the Reset key once to return to the Service Mode Initial screen (Figure 4-A103).Press the Reset key twice to end service mode and return to the User screen (standard screen).

3. Backing Up the RAMEach machine is adjusted at the factory, and its adjustment values are recorded on the service

label (attached to the cover of the service document case).

Table 4-A101

If you have replaced the above PCBs or initialized the RAMs, the corresponding values will beaffected. If you have made adjustments or changed service mode values in the field, be sure torecord the new values on the service label.

Figure 4-A104 Service Label

Item B: Value retained by the RAM on the MFC PCB.

Item A: Value retained by the RAM on the image processor PCB.

Page 133: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

SERVICE MODE

4-4

4. Basic Operationa. Initial Screen

Figure 4-A105

b. Level 1/Level 2 Screen

Figure 4-A106

COPIER

FEEDER

SORTER

BOARD

Initial item

Touch an item toselect.

Display I/O Adjust Option Test CounterFunction

VERSION

USER

ACC-STS

ANALOG

CST-STS

JAM

ERR

HV-STS

Level 1 items

Touch an item toselect.

Level 2 items

Touch an item toselect.

Page 134: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

4-5

SERVICE MODE

c. Level 3 Item Screen

Figure 4-A107

Figure 4-A108

Display I/O Adjust Option Test CounterFunction

+/- OK

<VERSION> < 1/3 > < READY >

DC-CON

IP

PANEL

ANAPRO

POWER

Level 2item

Number of pages

State of copier

READY:

JAM:SERVICE:WAITING:DOOR:COPYING:ERROR:

The copier is ready to respond to a service/copying operation.The copier has a paper jam.The copier is in the process of a service operation.The copier is in operation (e.g., initial rotation).The copier's door is open.The copier is making copies.The copier has a service error.

Level 3item

To next page

To previous page

Display I/O Adjust Option Test CounterFunction

xxxxx (yyyyy) {aaaaa~bbbbb}

+/- OK

To reverse + and -

key: Use it to stop an ongoing operation.

A press on an item highlights it(against black background).

FL-OFST

Numeric input rangeValue before change

Stop

key: Use it to clear a numeric value.Clear

key: Use it to make a copy without ending service mode.Start

<VERSION> < 1/3 > < READY >

FL-OFST

Numeric input

To store new numeric input

Page 135: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

SERVICE MODE

4-6

Items under COPIER>DISPLAY

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Description

DISPLAY VERSION DC-CON Indicates the version of the ROM on the DC controller PCB.IP Indicates the version of the ROM on the image processor PCB.FEEDER Indicates the version of the ROM on the feeder controller PCB.SOR Indicates the version of the ROM on the sorter controller PCB.PC/PCL Indicates the version of the ROM on the PC/PCL controller PCB.LIPS Indicates the version of the ROM on the LIPS controller PCB.MFC Indicates the version of the ROM on the MFC PCB.PCL Indicates the version of the ROM on the PCL controller PCB.PS/KANJI Indicates the version of the ROM on the PS/KANJI controller PCB.SDL-STCH Indicates the version of the ROM on the saddle stitcher controller PCB.

USER LANGUAGE Indicates the language used.COUNTER Indicates the count control type for the copy counters.MODEL Indicates the model.

ANALOG TEMP Indicates the machine temperaure humidity (detected by theenvironment sensor).

HUM Indicates the machine internal humidity (detected by the environmentsensor).

OPTICS Indicates the temperature of the scanning lamp (detected by thefluorescent lamp temperature sensor H5).

FIX-C Indicates the temperature at the middle of the upper fixing roller (detected by the main thermistor TH1).

FIX-E Indicates the temperature of the ends of the upper fixing roller(detected y the sub thermistor TH2).

CST-STS WIDTH-C3 Indicates the paper size for the cassette 3.WIDTH-C4 Indicates the paper size for the cassette 4.WIDTH-MF Indicates the paper width (new value) or the paper size for the manual

feed tray.

JAM Indicates the jam history.

ERR Indicates the error history.

HV-STS PRIMARY Indicates the current level ( A) of the primary charging assembly.PRI-GRID Indicates the grid voltage (V) of the primary charging assembly.PRI-TR Indicates the current level ( A) of the pre-transfer charging assembly.TR Indicates the current level ( A) of the transfer charging assembly.SP Indicates the current level of the separation charging assembly ( A).BIAS Indicates the voltage of the developing DC bias (V).

DPOT DPOT-K Indicates the surface potential (V) of the photosensitive drum.VL1M Indicates the drum light area potential measurement (V).VDM Indicates the drum dark area potential measurement (V).

SENSOR DOC-SZ Indicates the size of an original detected by the original size sensor.DOC-SZ1 Indicates the output of the original size sensor 1.DOC-SZ2 Indicates the output of the original size sensor 2.DOC-SZ3 Indicates the output of the original size sensor 3.DOC-SZ4 Indicates the output of the original size sensor 4.

B. DISPLAY Control Display ModeWhen you select COPIER>DISPLAY, you are given the choices shown in the table that fol-

lows.

Page 136: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

4-7

SERVICE MODE

Items under FEEDER>DISPLAY

Level 1 Level 3 Description

DISPLAY FEEDSIZE Indicates the size of an original detected by the feeder.

Items under COPIER>DISPLAY

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Description

MISC FL-LIFE Indicates the activation duty ratio (%) of the scanning lamp.

ALARM1 BODY Indicates alarm codes.DF Indicates alarm codes.SORTER Indicates alarm codes.

Page 137: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

SERVICE MODE

4-8

Remarks

Indication <LANGUGE JP. oo. aa>

Indication <COUNTER bb>

<VERSION>Indicates the versions of the ROMs on the copier and accessory PCBs.

<USER>Indicates the items related to the User screen and the user.

Remarks

Indication <xx, yy>

Level 3

DC-CON

IP

FEEDER

SORTER

PS/PCL

LIPS

MFC

PCL

PS/KANJI

SDL-STCH

Description

Indicates the version of the ROM on the DC controller PCB.

Indicates the version of the ROM on the image processor PCB.

Indicates the version of the ROM on the feeder controllerPCB.

Indicates the version of the ROM on the sorter controller PCB.

Indicates the version of the ROM on the PS/PCL controllerPCB.

Indicates the version of the ROM on the LIPS controller PCB.

Indicates the version of the ROM on the MFC PCB.

Indicates the version of the ROM on the PCL controller PCB.

Indicates the version of the ROM on the PS/Kanji controllerPCB.

Indicates the version of the ROM on the saddle stitchercontroller PCB.

R&D controlnumber

Versionnumber

Level 3

LAN-GUAGE

COUNTER

MODEL:

Description

Indicates the language used and thepaper size configuration used.

Indicates the type of count controlfor copy counters.

Indicate the type of model: 0:GP605/GP605V/LBP 1060 1:GP555

Language usedPaper configu-ration code

Destination00:CANON01:OEM

Counter 1 Counter 2 Counter 3bb0001020304101415

Total

Total Print total

Large-size

Double-sidedSmall-sizeLarge-sizeSmall-size

Large-sizeDouble-sided

ABInchAAll sizes

aa00010203

Details of eachcounter code

COPIER>DISPLAY

Page 138: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

4-9

SERVICE MODE

Remarks

Unit: °C

Unit: %RH

Unit: °C

Level 3

TEMP

HUM

OPTICS

FIX-C

FIX-E

Description

Indicates the machine internal temperature (detected by theenvironment sensor).

Indicates the machine internal relative humidity (detected bythe environment sensor).

Indicates the temperature of the scanning lamp (indicated bythe fluorescent lamp sensor).

Indicates the temperature at the middle of the upper fixingroller (detected by the main thermistor TH1).

Indicates the temperature of the ends of the upper fixingroller (detected by the sub thermistor TH2).

<ANALOG>Indicates the readings of analog sensors.

Remarks

The paper width is shownas a whole number,omitting decimal places.

Level 3

WIDTH-C3

WIDTH-C4

WIDTH-MF

Description

Indicates the paper size for the cassette 3.

Indicates the paper size for the cassette 4 .

Indicates the paper size and the paper width (mm) for themanual feed tray.

COPIER>DISPLAY

<CST-STS>Indicates the use of the cassette and the manual feed tray.

Page 139: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

SERVICE MODE

4-10

<JAM>Indicates jam data.

Figure 4-B101 Jam Screen

Display I/O Adjust Option Test CounterFunction

+/- OK

< JAM > < 1/25 > < READY >

AAA BBBB CCCC DDDD E FFff G HHHHHH IIIII

AAA BBBB CCCC DDDD E FFff G HHHHHH IIIII

AAA BBBB CCCC DDDD E FFff G HHHHHH IIIII

AAA BBBB CCCC DDDD E FFff G HHHHHH IIIII

AAA BBBB CCCC DDDD E FFff G HHHHHH IIIII

AAA BBBB CCCC DDDD E FFff G HHHHHH IIIII

AAA BBBB CCCC DDDD E FFff G HHHHHH IIIII

AAA BBBB CCCC DDDD E FFff G HHHHHH IIIII

Description Remarks

Indicates the order of jams (the higher the number, the older the jam).

AAA 1 to 200 (200 as highest)

Indicates the date of a jam.BBBB Month and day (in 2 digits each)

Indicates the time of a jam.CCCC In 24-hr notation

Indicates jam recovery time.DDDD In 24-hr notation

Indicates the source of paper.G See Table 4-B102.

Indicates the location of a jam.E 0: copier1: feeder2: finisher

Indicates jam codes.FFff FF: jam type (Table 4-B101)

ff: sensor that detected the jam.

• For the copier, see Table 4-B103.

• For the feeder or the finisher, see its respective Service

Indicates the soft counter for the source of paper.HHHHHH

Indicates the paper size in question.IIIII

COPIER>DISPLAY

Page 140: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

4-11

SERVICE MODE

COPIER>DISPLAY

Code

01xx

02xx

03xx

04xx

05xx

Type

Delay jam

Stationary jam

Residual jam at power-on

Door open jam during copying

ADF jam during stream reading

Code

xx01

xx02

xx03

xx04

xx05

xx06

xx07

xx08

xx09

xx10

xx11

xx12

xx13

xx14

xx15

xx16

xx17

xx0A

xx0B

xx0C

xx0D

xx0E

xx0F

Jam sensor

Front deck (right) pickupsensor (PS20)

Front deck (left) pickupsensor (PS25)

Cassette 3 pickup sensor(PS37)

Cassette 4 pickup sensor(PS42)

Vertical path 1 sensor (PS47)

Vertical path 2 sensor (PS49)

Vertical path 3 sensor (PS41)

Vertical path 4 sensor (PS46)

Registration sensor (PS5)

U-turn sensor (PS13)

Pre-confluence sensor(PS14)

Post-confluence sensor(PS15)

Front deck (left) feed sensor(PS26)

Front deck (right) feedsensor (PS27)

Side paper deck feed sensor(PS106)

Manual feed tray feed sensor(PS35)

Side paper deck pickupsensor (PS101)

Fixing separation clawsensor (PS6)

Internal delivery sensor(PS9)

External delivery sensor(PS10)

Fixing/feeding outlet sensor(PS11)

Reversal sensor (PS16)

Duplexing reversal sensor(PS12)

FF: Type of Jam ff: Copier Jam Sensors

Table 4-B101

Table 4-B102

Page 141: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

SERVICE MODE

4-11-2

G: Source of Paper1. ROM Ver. (IP: earlier than 10; MFC: earlier than 10)

Table 4-B103a

Code

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

A

B

C

Description

Front deck (right)

Front deck (left)

Cassette 3

Cassette 4

Side paper deck

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Manual feed tray

Not used

Duplexing assembly

2. ROM Ver. (IP: 10 or later; MFC: 10 or late)

Table 4-B103b

Code

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

A

Description

Front deck (right)

Front deck (left)

Cassette 3

Cassette 4

Not used

Not used

Side paper deck

Manual feed tray

Duplexing assembly

Inserter

COPIER>DISPLAY

Page 142: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

4-11-3

SERVICE MODE

Blank Page

Page 143: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

SERVICE MODE

4-12

<ERR>Indicates error codes.

Figure 4-B102 Jam Screen

Display I/O Adjust Option Test CounterFunction

+/- OK

< ERR > < 1/8 > < READY >

AAA BBBB CCCC DDDD EEEE FFff G

AAA BBBB CCCC DDDD EEEE FFff G

AAA BBBB CCCC DDDD EEEE FFff G

AAA BBBB CCCC DDDD EEEE FFff G

AAA BBBB CCCC DDDD EEEE FFff G

AAA BBBB CCCC DDDD EEEE FFff G

AAA BBBB CCCC DDDD EEEE FFff G

AAA BBBB CCCC DDDD EEEE FFff G

Description Remarks

Indicates the order of errors (the higher the number, the older the error).

AAA 1 to 64 (64 as highest)

Indicates the date of an error.BBBB Month, day (2 digits each)

Indicates the time of an error.CCCC In 24-hr notation

Indicates the time of error recovery.DDDD In 24-hr notation

Indicates the location of a jam.G 0: copier.1: feeder.2: finisher.

Indicates error codes.EEEE See chapter 5 the descriptions under "Self Diagnosis."

Indicates detail codes.FFff If none, '0000'.

COPIER>DISPLAY

Page 144: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

4-13

SERVICE MODE

<ALRAM1>Indicates alarm codes.

Remarks

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Level 3

BODY

DF

SORTER

Description

Indicates alarms for the copier.

Feeder Alarms• For details of each code, see the

Feeder Service Manual.

Finisher Alarms• For details of each code, see the

Finisher Service Manual.Tray alarm

Code

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

Type

Separation charging assembly leakage

Feeding fan (FM7) locking

De-curling fan (FM6) locking

Front deck (right) lifter fault

Front deck (left) lifter fault

Cassette 3 lifter fault

Cassette 4 lifter fault

Side paper deck lifter fault

Stack alarm

Stapler alarm (saddle stitcher)Stapler alarm (finisher)

COPIER>DISPLAY

Page 145: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

SERVICE MODE

4-14

Description

Indicates the surface potential (V) of the photosensitivedrum.

Indicates the light area surface potential (V) of thephotosensitive drum.

Indicates the dark area surface potential (V) of thephotosensitive drum.

Remarks

Standard: 1000 (approx.)

Reference: 550 to 850

Reference: 300 to 500

Reference: 350 to 450

Reference: 280 (approx.)

Level 3

PRIMARY

PRI-GRID

PRI-TR

TR

SP

BIAS

Description

Indicates the level of current (µA) applied to the primarycharging wire.

Indicates the grid level of voltage (V) applied to the primarygrid wire.

Indicates the level of current (µA) applied to the pre-transfercharging wire.

Indicates the level of current (µA) applied to the transfercharging wire.

Indicates the level of current (µA) applied to the separationcharging wire.

Indicates the level of voltage of the DC bias (V) applied tothe developing cylinder.

<HV-STS>Indicates the voltage/current levels of the high-voltage system.

Remarks

Reference: 62 to 82

Reference: 432 to 452

Level 3

DPOT-K

VL1M

VDM

<DPOT>Indicates the measurement of the surface potential of the photosensitive drum.

Remarks

Default sizes

1: original present.0: original absent.

Level 3

DOC-SZ

DOC-SZ1

DOC-SZ2

DOC-SZ3

DOC-SZ4

Description

Indicates the size of an original detected by the original sizesensor.

Indicates the output of the original size sensor 1.

Indicates the output of the original size sensor 2.

Indicates the output of the original size sensor 3.

Indicates the output of the original size sensor 4.

<SENSOR>Indicates the output of the original size sensor.

COPIER>DISPLAY

Page 146: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

4-15

SERVICE MODE

Level 3

FL-LIFE

Description

Indicates the activation duty ratio (%) of the scanning lamp.

<MISC>Indicates other data.

Remarks

Indicates the duration ofactivation in % needed toobtain an optimum lightintensity; if new, about50%. (Around 80%,suspect that the end of lifeis near.)

Level 3

FEEDSIZE

Description

Indicates the size of an original detected by the feeder.

<FEEDER>Indicates data related to the feeder.

Remarks

COPIER>DISPLAY

FEEDER>DISPLAY

Page 147: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

SERVICE MODE

4-16

C. I/O Input/Output Display Mode

Address

P001

P002

P003

P004

bit

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

Description

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Cassette 3 paper length sensor

Cassette 3 paper length sensor

Cassette 4 paper length sensor

Cassette 4 paper length sensor

Primary wire cleaner homeposition

Not used

Not used

Not used

Pre-transfer wire cleaner homeposition

Not used

Transfer/separation wirecleaner home position

Not used

Right deck lifter ON/OFF

Left deck lifter ON/OFF

Cassette 3 lifter ON/OFF

Cassette 4 lifter ON/OFF

Not used

Not used

SLAVE-PRDV

Not used

Primary wire cleaner drive

Primary wire cleaner drive

Not used

Not used

Pre-transfer wire cleaner drive

Pre-transfer wire cleaner drive

Transfer/separation wirecleaner drive

Transfer/separation wirecleaner drive

Signal

C3-LNG0

C3-LNG1

C4-LNG0

C4-LNG1

PRWC-HP

PSTWC-HP

TSWC-HP

RDK-LFT-ON

LDK-LFT-ON

C3-LFT-ON

C4-LFT-ON

-----

PRWC-RV

PRWC-FW

PSTWC-FW

PSTWC-RV

TSWC-RV

TSWC-FW

Connector

J513-B4

J513-B5

J514-A11

J514-A12

J502-A10

J504-A4

J509-A7

J514-A4

J514-B1

J516-A4

J516-B1

CPU

J502-A7

J502-A8

J504-A8

J504-A9

J509-B4

J509-B5

Remarks

0: HP

0: HP

0: HP

1: lifter ON

1: lifter ON

1: lifter ON

1: lifter ON

0: RDY

1: to rear

1: to front

1: to front

1: to rear

1: to rear

1: to front

1. DC-CON I/O>DC-CON

Page 148: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

4-17

SERVICE MODE

Address

P005

P006

P007

P008

bit

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

Description

Scanner motor drive data

Scanner motor drive data

Scanner motor drive data

Scanner motor drive data

Scanner motor current leveldata

Scanner motor current leveldata

Scanner motor current leveldata

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Scanner motor rotation direc-tion

Scanner motor ON

Not used

Not used

Not used

Right deck lifter sensor

Left deck lifter sensor

Cassette 3 lifter sensor

Cassette 4 lifter sensor

Right deck open

Left deck open

Cassette 3 open

Cassette 4 open

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Right deck paper

Left deck paper

Cassette 3 paper

Cassette 4 paper

Signal

OPT-D0

OPT-D1

OPT-D2

OPT-D3

OPT-CD0

OPT-CD1

OPT-CD2

OPT-CCW

OPT-CLK

RDK-LFT-DT

LDK-LFT-DT

C3-LFT-DT

C4-LFT-DT

RDK-OPN

LDK-OPN

C3-OPN

C4-OPN

RDK-PDT

LDK-PDT

C3-PDT

C4-PDT

Connector

J506-A3

J506-A4

J506-A5

J506-A6

J506-A9

J506-A10

J506-A11

J506-A8

J506-A12

J511-A6

J518-A2

J515-A6

J517-A6

J511-B5

J518-B2

J515-B5

J517-B5

J511-A9

J518-A5

J515-A9

J517-A9

Remarks

-----

-----

-----

-----

-----

-----

-----

1: scanner forward

1: ON

1: upper limit

1: upper limit

1: upper limit

1: upper limit

0: open

0: open

0: open

0: open

1: paper present

1: paper present

1: paper present

1: paper present

I/O>DC-CON

Page 149: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

SERVICE MODE

4-18

Address

P009

bit

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

Description

Not used

Right deck paper level data 1

Right deck paper level data 2

Right deck lifter limit

Not used

Left deck paper level data 1

Left deck paper level data 2

Left deck lifter limit

Signal

RDK-PRM1

RDK-PRM2

RDK-LFT-LMT

LDK-PRM1

LDK-PRM2

RDK-LFT-LMT

Connector

J513-B9

J513-B12

J511-B8

J514-B9

J514-B12

J518-B5

Remarks

1: paper present

1: paper present

1: upper limit

1: paper present

1: paper present

1: upper limit

I/O>DC-CON

I/O>IP

2. IP

Address

P001

bit

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

bit8

bit9

bit10

bit11

bit12

bit13

bit14

bit15

Description

Manual feed tray paper sensor

Registration paper sensor

Right deck pickup sensor

Cassette 3 paper sensor

Vertical path 3 paper sensor

Cassette 4 paper sensor

Vertical path 4 paper sensor

Right deck paper sensor

Pre-registration paper sensor

Left deck paper sensor

Vertical path 2 paper sensor

External delivery sensor

Internal delivery sensor

Fixing/feeding outlet sensor

Fixing claw jam sensor

Left deck feed sensor

Signal

MLT-PAPE-PS

PS5S

PS20S

PS39S

PS41S

PS44S

PS46S

PS22S

PS47S

PS32S

PS49S

PS10S

PS9S

PS11S

PS6S

PS26S

Connector

J510-B8

J509-A2

J511-B2

J515-A9

J515-B8

J517-A9

J517-B8

J511-A9

J502-B5

J518-A5

J516-B9

J508-A8

J508-A2

J508-A11

J508-B15

J519-B10

Remarks

1: paper present

1: paper present

1: paper present

1: paper present

1: paper present

1: paper present

1: paper present

1: paper present

1: paper present

1: paper present

1: paper present

1: paper present

1: paper present

1: paper present

1: paper present

1: paper present

Page 150: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

4-19

SERVICE MODE

Address

P002

P003

bit

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

bit8

bit9

bit10

bit11

bit12

bit13

bit14

bit15

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

bit8

bit9

bit10

bit11

bit12

Description

Cassette 3 pickup sensor

Cassette 4 pickup sensor

Left deck pickup sensor

Duplexing reversal sensor

U-turn sensor

Pre-confluence sensor

Post-confluence sensor

Reversal sensor

Waste toner case full sensor

Hopper toner sensor 1

Hopper toner sensor 2

Developing assembly tonersensor

Fixing cleaning belt sensor

Fixing cleaning belt warningsensor

Cartridge detecting switch

Waste toner clog detectingswitch

Original size sensor 1

Original size sensor 2

Original size sensor 3

Original size sensor 4

Copyboard cover open/closedsensor

Pre-transfer charging wirecleaner detecting switch

Primary charging wiredetecting switch

Transfer separation chargingwire cleaner detecting switch

Cartridge door open/closedsensor

Right cover (upper) open/closed sensor

Not used

Right door closed/open sensor

Left door closed/open sensor

Signal

PS37S

PS42S

PS25S

PS12S

PS13S

PS14S

PS15S

PS16S

PS19S

TS1S

TS2S

TS3S

PS7S

PS8S

MSW1S

MSW2S

SIZE1

SIZE2

SIZE3

SIZE4

PS4S

MSW3S

MSW4S

MSW6S

PS59S

PS58S

PS23S

PS33S

Connector

J515-B2

J517-B2

J518-A8

J519-B6

J519-B7

J519-B8

J519-B9

J508-A5

J514-A2

J504-B8

J504-B11

J504-B16

J508-B2

J508-B5

J512-B7

J512-B14

J503-B2

J503-B5

J504-B2

J504-B5

J507-B9

J504-A4

J502-A10

J509-A7

J512-B2

J502-B2

J511-B5

J518-B2

Remarks

1: paper present

1: paper present

1: paper present

1: paper present

1: paper present

1: paper present

1: paper present

1: paper present

1: full

0: toner absent

0: toner absent

0: toner absent

1: belt absent

1: warning

0: cartridge present

0: clogged

0: original present

0: original present

0: original present

0: original present

1: closed

0: home position

0: home position

0: home position

1: closed

1: closed

1: closed

1: closed

I/O>IP

Page 151: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

SERVICE MODE

4-20

Address

P003

P004

P005

bit

bit13

bit14

bit15

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

bit8

bit9

bit10

bit11

bit12

bit13

bit14

bit15

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

Description

Right cover (lower) open/closed sensor

Manual feed cover open/closedsensor

Front cover open/closeddetecting switch

Through path tray detection

Fixing/feeding releasing leversensor

Not used

Cassette 3 open/closed sensor

Cassette 4 open/closed sensor

Not used

Multifeeder de-curling sensor

Not used

Fixing sub thermistor errordetection

Not used

Fixing main thermistor errordetection

Fluorescent lamp absentdetection

Not used

Main SSR error detection

Sub SSR error detection

Main switch shut-off opencircuit detection

Primary charging assemblycleaning fan stop detection

Fixing delivery fan stopdetection

Scanner cooling fan stopdetection

Fan stop detection

Laser driver cooling fan stopdetection

De-curling fan stop detection

Feeding fan stop detection

Signal

PS48S

PS56S

MSW7S

TPCNCT

PS28S

PS40S

PS45S

PS35S

-----

-----

-----

-----

-----

-----

FM1LCK

FM2LCK

FM3LCK

FM4LCK

FM5LCK

FM6LCK

FM7LCK

Connector

J516-A2

J502-A2

J502-B17

J519-B12

J509-B9

J515-B5

J517-B5

J510-B2

CPU

CPU

CPU

CPU

CPU

CPU

J504-A13

J503-A4

J504-A10

J502-A4

J503-A1

J509-B11

J509-A8

Remarks

1: closed

1: closed

0: closed

0: present

1: released

1: closed

1: closed

1: paper present

1: error (E001-2)

1: error (E001-1)

1: error (E220)

1: short circuit(E004-1)

1: short circuit(E004-2)

0: normal

1: stopped

1: stopped

1: stopped

1: stopped

1: stopped

1: stopped

1: stopped

I/O>IP

Page 152: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

4-21

SERVICE MODE

Address

P005

P006

bit

bit7

bit8

bit9

bit10

bit11

bit12

bit13

bit14

bit15

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

bit8

bit9

bit10

bit11

bit12

bit13

bit14

bit15

Description

Drum fan stop detection

Inverter cooling fan stopdetection

Pre-transfer charging assemblyfan stop detection

Power supply cooling fan 1stop detection

Power supply cooling fan 2stop detection

Separation fan stop detection

Laser scanner fan stop detec-tion

Not used

Not used

Drum motor lock detection

Laser scanner motor lockdetection

Fixing drive motor lockdetection

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Fluorescent lamp detection

Not used

Scanner home position detec-tion

Not used

Slave power ready detection

Not used

CC-V connect signal

Power supply control detection

Not used

Signal

FM8LCK

FM9LCK

FM10LCK

FM11LCK

FM12LCK

FM13LCK

FM14LCK

M0LCK

M4LCK

M3LCK

-----

PS1S

-----

CC5-CONNECT

-----

Connector

J512-A8

J507-A7

J504-A5

J505-B1

J505-B4

J509-A11

J504-A16

J512-B9

J503-A8

J508-A17

CPU

J507-A1

CPU

J503-A14

CPU

Remarks

1: stopped

1: stopped

1: stopped

1: stopped

1: stopped

1: stopped

1: stopped

0: low-speed

0: low-speed

1: ON

1: home position

0: ready

0: CC-V present

0: power ON

I/O>IP

Page 153: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

SERVICE MODE

4-22

Address

P007

P008

bit

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

bit8

bit9

bit10

bit11

bit12

bit13

bit14

bit15

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

bit8

bit9

bit10

bit11

bit12

bit13

bit14

bit15

Description

Overcurrent detection (24 V)

Overcurrent detection (38 V)

Primary charging errordetection

Transfer charging errordetection

Separation/pre-transfercharging error detection

Hopper motor error detection

Cartridge motor error detection

Not used

Options counter switch bit 0

Options counter switch bit 1

Counter open circuit detection1 (total)

Counter open circuit 2 (option)

Counter open circuit detection 3

Not used

Not used

Right deck feed sensor

Manual feed tray pickup clutch

Cassette 3 pickup clutch

Vertical path 3 clutch

Cassette 4 pickup clutch

Vertical path 4 clutch

Right deck pickup clutch

Vertical path 1 clutch

Left deck pickup clutch

Vertical path 2 clutch

Pre-registration clutch

Lower feeding middle clutch

Lower feeding right clutch

Left deck feed clutch

Delivery speed switchingclutch

Registration brake clutch

Multifeeder feed clutch

Signal

24ERR

38ERR

PR-ERR

TR-ERR

POST-ERR

-----

-----

OP-bit1

OP-bit2

-----

-----

-----

PS27S

CL7D

CL12D

CL13D

CL14D

CL15D

CL10D

CL8D

CL11D

CL9D

CL5D

CL16D

CL17D

CL19D

CL21D

CL3D

CL18D

Connector

J505-B10

J505-B11

J510-A4

J510-A7

J510-A13

CPU

CPU

J503-B8

J503-B9

CPU

CPU

CPU

J511-B11

J513-A9

J515-A2

J515-A4

J517-A2

J517-A4

J511-A2

J511-A4

J518-B8

J514-A7

J513-A12

J519-B4

J519-B3

J519-B2

J508-A14

J509-B7

J513-A7

Remarks

1: overcurrent

1: overcurrent

1: error

1: error

1: error

1: error (E020)

1: error (E025)

DIOSW0

DIOSW1

1: open circuit(E030)

1: open circuit(E031)

1: open circuit

1: paper

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: high-speed0: normal speed

1: ON

1: ON

I/O>IP

Page 154: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

4-23

SERVICE MODE

Address

P009

P010

P011

bit

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

bit8

bit9

bit10

bit11

bit12

bit13

bit14

bit15

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

Description

Hopper clutch

Developing clutch

Not used

Right deck pickup solenoid

Left deck pickup solenoid

Cassette 3 pickup solenoid

Cassette 4 pickup solenoid

Multifeeder pickup latchsolenoid (return)

Multifeeder latch solenoid(pull)

Delivery flapper solenoid

Reversing flapper solenoid

Fixing inlet guide solenoid(return)

Fixing inlet guide solenoid(pull)

Fixing cleaning belt solenoid

Fixing/feeding unit lockingsolenoid (return)

Fixing/feeding unit lockingsolenoid (pull)

Inverter cooling fan (full speed)

Inverter cooling fan (full speed)

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Transfer guide bias ON/OFF

Transfer guide bias switch

Drum motor drive

Main motor drive

Pickup motor drive

Fixing motor drive

Laser scanner motor drive

Cartridge motor drive

Hopper motor drive

Laser scanner motor switch

Signal

CL1D

CL4D

SL7D

SL8D

SL9D

SL10D

SL6R

SL6P

SL3D

SL11D

SL1R

SL1P

SL2D

SL4R

SL4P

FM9D

FM9D

FGD-ON

FGD-CNT

MOD

MM-ON

M2-ON

FXM-ON

LM-ON

CRGM-ON

HM-ON

SP-SEL

Connector

J504-B14

J512-A12

J511-A12

J518-B10

J515-B11

J517-B11

J510-B12

J510-B11

J508-B18

J519-B5

J508-B13

J508-B12

J508-B20

J509-B3

J509-B2

J507-A9

J507-A9

J510-A15

J510-A16

J512-B10

J514-B5

J513-A3

J508-A18

J503-A9

J512-B4

J504-B18

J503-A7

Remarks

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

0: ON

0: 200V, 1: 600V

0: ON

0: ON

0: ON

0: ON

0: ON

1: ON

1: ON

0: high-speed

I/O>IP

Page 155: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

SERVICE MODE

4-24

Address

P012

P013

P014

bit

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

Description

Waste toner case full detectionreset

Cassette/drum heater ON/OFF

Fluorescent lamp pre-heaterON/OFF

Fluorescent lamp heater ON/OFF

Fixing main heater ON/OFF

Fixing sub heater ON/OFF

Drum heater full-wave/half-wave

Not used

Power supply fan 1/2 full-speed

Power supply fan 1/2 half-speed

Separation fan full-speed

Separation fan half-speed

Laser scanner fan full-speed

Not used

Not used

Not used

Feeding fan full-speed

Feeding fan half-speed

Drum fan full-speed

Drum fan half-speed

De-curling fan full-speed

Not used

Pre-transfer charging assemblyfan full-speed

Pre-transfer charging assemblyfan half-speed

Signal

-----

CST-HTR-ON

PRH-ON

HEAT-ON

MH-ON

SH-ON

D-HTR-ON

FM11D/12D

FM11D/12D

FM13D

FM13D

FM14D

FM7D

FM7D

FM8D

FM8D

FM6D

FM10D

FM10D

Connector

CPU

J505-A8

J506-B9

J506-B2

J505-A10

J505-A11

J505-A6

J505-B3/B6

J505-B3/B6

J509-A13

J509-A13

J504-A18

J509-A10

J509-A10

J512-A10

J512-A10

J509-B13

J504-A7

J504-A7

Remarks

0: reset

0: ON

0: ON

0: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: full-wave,0: half-wave

1: ON(24V)

1: ON(12V)

1: ON(24V)

1: ON(12V)

1: ON(24V)

1: ON(24V)

1: ON(12V)

1: ON(24V)

1: ON(12V)

1: ON

1: ON(24V)

1: ON(12V)

I/O>IP

Page 156: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

4-25

SERVICE MODE

Address

P015

P016

P017

bit

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

Description

Primary charging assembly fanfull-speed

Primary charging assembly fanhalf-speed

Fixing assembly heat dischargefan full-speed

Fixing assembly heat dischargefan half-speed

Scanner stream reading fanfull-speed

Scanner stream reading fanhalf-speed

Laser driver cooling fan full-speed

Not used

Copier/ADF image leadingedge select

Not used

Shut-off

Power off

Original size detection ON/OFF

CCV count

CCX count

Scan start

Fluorescent lamp ON/OFF

Counter 1 (total)

Counter 2 (options)

Counter 3 (print)

Not used

Not used

Pre-exposure lamp ON/OFF

Not used

Signal

FM1D

FM1D

FM2D

FM2D

FM3D/4D

FM3D/4D

FM5D

-----

SW-OFF

-----

-----

CC5-CNT

CCX-CNT

-----

FLON

CNT1D

CNT2D

CNT3D

PEX-ON

Connector

J504-A15

J504-A15

J503-A6

J503-A6

J504-A12J502-A6

J504-A12J502-A6

J503-A3

CPU

J512-A14

CPU

CPU

J503-A15

J521-6

CPU

J506-B11

J503-B13

J503-B11

J503-B15

J504-A1

Remarks

1: ON(24V)

1: ON(12V)

1: ON(24V)

1: ON(18V)

1: ON(24V)

1: ON(12V)

1: ON

1: copier,0: ADF-Y

1: main switch

1: ON

1: ON

1: count

1: count

1: start

0: ON

1: count

1: count

1: count

1: ON

I/O>IP

Page 157: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

SERVICE MODE

4-26

I/O>IP

Address

P018

P019

P020

P021

bit

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

Description

Potential sensor ON/OFF

Not used

Not used

HVT DC component ON/OFF

HVT developing ACcomponent ON/OFF

Not used

HVT pre-transfer AC/separation AC component ON/OFF

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Signal

POT-ON

HVDC-EN

DEV-AC-ON

HVAC-EN

Connector

J502-A12

J510-A2

J510-A8

J510-A10

Remarks

1: ON

0: high-voltageoutput ON

0: ON

0: ON

Page 158: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

4-27

SERVICE MODE

I/O>IP

Address

P022

P023

P024

bit

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

bit8

bit9

bit10

bit11

bit12

bit13

bit14

bit15

Description

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Signal Connector Remarks

Page 159: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

SERVICE MODE

4-28

3. FEEDER

I/O>IP

I/O>FEEDER

Address

P025

bit

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

Description

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Signal Connector Remarks

Address

P001

P002

P003

bit

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

Description

Pre-reversing solenoid

Not used

Reversing solenoid

Delivery solenoid (position 1)

Delivery solenoid (position 2)

Stopper plate solenoid(position 1)

Stopper plate solenoid(position 2)

Solenoid timer

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Pickup roller home positionsensor

Pickup roller height sensor 2

Pickup roller height sensor 1

Pre-reversal sensor

Not used

Original sensor LED

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Signal

SL3D*

SL1D*

SL4D1*

SL4D2*

SL2D1*

SL2D2*

SLTMR

PKHP

PKH2

PKH1

PRTR

DTLED

Connector

J10-2

J9-2

J2-2

J2-3

J9-4

J9-5

CPU

J14-A5

J14-A8

J14-A11

J12-12

J5-15

Remarks

0: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: home position

1: original present

1: original present

1: original present

0: ON

*Checks not possible because of data processing speed.

Page 160: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

4-29

SERVICE MODE

Remarks

0: original present

alternately '0' and'1' *

alternately '0' and'1' *

0: original present

0: original present

1: transmit

1: transmit

1: reception

0: EEPROM select

alternately '0' and'1' *

alternately '0' and'1' *

'0' at all times

'0' at all times

alternately '0' and'1' *

0: deliverydirection

alternately '0' and'1' *

alternately '0' and'1' *

alternately '0' and'1' *

alternately '0' and'1' *

Description

Separation sensor

Separation sheet-to-sheetdistance clock

Belt motor encoder

Post-registration roller papersensor

Manual feed registration rollerpaper sensor

Not used

Not used

Not used

Tx (transmission)

Da load

Rx (reception)

EEPROM chip select

Serial reference clock

Separation motor encoder

Not used

Not used

Belt motor mode 1

Belt motor mode 2

Belt motor reference clock

Belt motor CW/CCW

Separation motor PWM

Reversal motor layer B

Delivery motor PWM

Reversal motor layer A

Signal

SPS

TRNA_X

BTCLK

RGAS

MFRGS

SERIAL_DO

DAC_LD

SERIAL_DI

EEP_CS

SERIAL_CLK

SPCLK

BLTMO1

BLTMO2

REF-CLK

CW/CCW

SPPWM

TANB

EJPWM

TANA

Connector

J13-10

CPU

J12-3

J13-6

J2-6

CPU

CPU

CPU

CPU

CPU

J12-5

CPU

CPU

J7-1

J7-4

CPU

CPU

CPU

CPU

I/O>FEEDER

Address

P004

P005

P006

bit

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

*Checks not possible because of data processing speed.

Page 161: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

SERVICE MODE

4-30

Remarks

1: at edge

1: original present

alternately '0' and'1' *

alternately '0' and'1' *

alternately '0' and'1' *

alternately '0' and'1' *

1: output present

1: output present

1: original present

1: original present

1: original present

1: output present

alternately '0' and'1' *

0: ON

0: ON

0: ON

0: ON

0: ON

0: ON

1: closed

1: closed

Description

Image leading edge signal

Pre-registration roller papersensor

Separation motor referenceclock

Delivery motor encoder

Pickup motor layer A

Pickup motor layer B

Pickup motor hold

AD trigger

Not used

Separation clutch

Skew sensor

Original delivery sensor

Manual feed cassette sensor

Not used

Reversal sensor

Registration roller clock

DIP switch 1

DIP switch 2

DIP switch 3

DIP switch 4

DIP switch 5

DIP switch 6

Left cover sensor (front)

Left cover sensor (rear)

Signal

ITOP-F

RGBS

SEPCLKPEF

EJCLK

PICKA

PICKB

PICKHOLB

ADTRG

CLD

SKS

EJJAM

MFST

TNS

TRCLK

DIPSW1

DIPSW2

DIPSW3

DIPSW4

DIPSW5

DIPSW6

LCVF

LCVR

Connector

CPU

J13-4

CPU

J13-2

CPU

CPU

CPU

CPU

J10-4

J13-12

J2-15

J2-10

J14-B3

J10-B10

CPU

CPU

CPU

CPU

CPU

CPU

J14-B7

J12-9

I/O>FEEDER

Address

P007

P008

P009

bit

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

*Checks not possible because of data processing speed.

Page 162: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

4-31

SERVICE MODE

Remarks

0: ON

0: ON

0: ON

0: ON

0: ON

0: ON

0: ON

1: closed

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

0: ON

0: ON

0: ON

Description

7-segment LED0

7-segment LED1

7-segment LED2

7-segment LED3

7-segment LED4

7-segment LED5

7-segment LED6

ADF open/closed sensor

Slide switch 0

Slide switch 1

Slide switch 2

Slide switch 3

Slide switch 4

Push switch 1

Push switch 2

Push switch 3

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Signal

7SEG_D

7SEG_E

7SEG_C

7SEG_G

7SEG_B

7SEG_F

7SEG_A

RFOP

SSW-0

SSW-1

SSW-2

SSW-3

SSW-4

PSHSW-1

PSHSW-2

PSHSW-3

Connector

CPU

CPU

CPU

CPU

CPU

CPU

CPU

J12-15

J51-5

J51-4

J51-3

J51-2

J51-6

CPU

CPU

CPU

bit

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

I/O>FEEDER

Address

P010

P011

P012

Page 163: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

SERVICE MODE

4-32

4. SORTER

Description

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Upper path switching solenoid(SL2) ON

Inlet path paper sensor PCB(S1)

Delivery motor current switch

Puncher feeding path detection

Master CPU (IC101) busysignal

Slave CPU (IC121) reset

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Lower path paper sensor (S3)detection

Not used

Not used

Shutter home positiondetection

Rear jogging plate homeposition (PI7) detection

Front jogging plate homeposition (PI9) detection

Tray auxiliary plate retractiondetection

Signal

UPSCHG

ENTPCB

-----

-----

-----

-----

LWRPPCB

RJOGHP

FJOGHP

SPTTRYIN

Remarks

0: ON

1: paper present

1: constant speed,0: acceleration

0: busy

0: reset

1: paper absent,0: paper present

0: HP

1: HP

1: HP

1: HP

Connector

J119-2

J121-B3

CPU

CP106

CPU

CPU

J120-B8

J107-3

J104-B9

J104-B3

J105-B6

bit

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

I/O>SORTER

Address

P001

P002

P003

a.Finisher

Page 164: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

4-33

SERVICE MODE

Description

Swing motor FG

Buffer path rear sensor (PI3)

Inserter drive motor FG

Not used

Sort delivery sensor (PI4)

Not used

Not used

Not used

EEROM serial output

EEROM load signal

EEROM serial input

24 VR down detection

Not used

Delivery motor FG

Not used

Not used

Buffer motor (M2) A

Buffer motor (M2) B

Buffer motor (M2) A*

Buffer motor B*

Delivery motor (M3) A/A*

Delivery motor (M3) B/B*

Inlet motor (M1) clock

Delivery motor (M3) ON*

Signal

-----

-----

-----

STDLV

-----

-----

-----

-----

BUFMA

BUFMB

BUFMA*

BUFMB*

EJCMA

EJCMB

INPASSMCLK

EJCMHLD

Remarks

0: paper present

1: paper present

-----

0: CS

-----

1: down

alternately '0' and'1'

alternately '0' and'1'

alternately '0' and'1'

alternately '0' and'1'

alternately '0' and'1'

alternately '0' and'1'

alternately '0' and'1'

1: OFF, 0: ON

Connector

CP104

CP120A-7

IC145-2

J120-B3

IC102-3

IC102-1

IC102-4

J101-1

IC128-9

J122-A5

J122-A4

J122-A3

J122-A2

J122-B5

J122-B4

J124-4

J122-B6

bit

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

I/O>SORTER

Address

P004

P005

P006

*Checks not possible because of data processing speed.

Page 165: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

SERVICE MODE

4-34

Description

Not used

Not used

Stack delivery motor (M7)PMW*

Stack delivery motor (M7)CCW*

Stack delivery motor (M7)CW*

Inlet motor (M1) ON

Inlet motor (M1) CW*/CCW

Inlet motor (M1) brake

Buffer path switching solenoid(SL1) ON

Not used

Inlet motor (M1) lock signal

Non-sort delivery sensor (PI6)detection

Stack delivery motor (M7)lock detection

Lower path paper sensor

Not used

Not used

Staple detecting switch(MSW3) detection

Cartridge switch (MSW4)detection

Staple edging (PI18) detection

Stacking tray proximitydetection

Folding feeding path 1detection

Folding feeding path 2detection

Folding feeding path 3detection

Folding feeding path 4detection

Signal

-----

-----

-----

INPASSMON*

INPASSMCW*

INPASSMBRK

BFPSSCHG*

INPASSMLOCK

NSTDLV

-----

BFPSSXIT

HOOKEMP

CRTSET

SLFPRIM

Remarks

1: OFF, 0: ON

1: CW, 0: CCW

1: CCW, 0: CW

0: ON

1: CCW, 0: CW

1: braked

1: wrapped,0: released

0: lock

1: paper present

0: lock

1: paper present

1: staple absent

1: absent,0: present

0: edging

0: ON

1: paper present

1: paper present

1: paper present

1: paper present

Connector

-----

-----

-----

J124-7

J124-6

J124-5

J120-A2

J124-3

J119-5

-----

J120-A9

J111-9

J111-10

J111-13

J116-3

J125-A3

J125-A2

J125-B9

J125-B8

bit

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

I/O>SORTER

Address

P007

P008

P009

*Checks not possible because of data processing speed.

Page 166: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

4-35

SERVICE MODE

Description

Inserter cover open/closeddetection

Tray safety switch (front,MSW6)/tray safety switch(rear, MSW7) detection

Inserter unit detection

Punching unit detection

Z-folding unit detection

Saddle unit detection

Stapler safety switch (front,MSW8)/stapler safety switch(rear, MSW9)/swing guidesafety switch (MSW2)

Fan (FM1) rotation errordetection

Not used

Not used

Not used

Swing (M8) motor ON

Power supply fan (FM1) ONsignal

Buffer motor (M2) ON signal

Buffer motor (M2) currentswitching

Not used

Front jogging plate motor(M4) A

Front jogging plate motor(M4) B

Front jogging plate motor(M4) hold

Knurled belt solenoid (SL3)

Rear jogging plate motor (M5)A

Rear jogging plate motor (M5)B

Rear jogging plate motor (M5)hold

Not used

Signal

-----

-----

-----

-----

-----

-----

FANSTP

-----

FANON

BUFMHLD

-----

FJOGMA/FJOGMA*

FJOGMB/FJOGMB*

-----

FDBLT*

RJOGMA/RJOGMA*

RJOGMB/RJOGMB*

-----

Remarks

1: open

1: OFF

0: present

0: present

0: present

0: Present

0: OFF

1: error,0: normal

1: OFF, 0: ON

1: ON, 0: OFF

1: OFF, 0: ON

1: constant speed,0: acceleration

alternately '0' and'1'

alternately '0' and'1'

1: stop

0: wait

alternately '0' and'1'

alternately '0' and'1'

1: stop

Connector

J117-A1

J114-1

J117-A8

J118-B3

J125-A1

J102-B7

J113-1

J103-7

CPU

J103-8

J122-A6

CPU

J104-A5/-A3

J104-A4/-A2

CPU

J120-B5

J104-A10/-A8

J104-A9/-A7

CPU

bit

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

I/O>SORTER

Address

P010

P011

P012

*Checks not possible because of data processing speed.

Page 167: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

SERVICE MODE

4-36

Remarks

alternately '0' and'1'

alternately '0' and'1'

1: stop

alternately '0' and'1'

alternately '0' and'1'

1: stop

1: low-speed,0: acceleration

0: HP

1: closed

1: closed

1: closed

1: closed

1: present

1: paper present

1: paper present

1: ON

1: high-speed,0: low-speed

0: ON

1: ON

Description

Tray auxiliary plate motor(M6) A

Tray auxiliary plate motor(M6) B

Tray auxiliary platemotor (M6) hold

Not used

Paddle motor (M9) A

Paddle motor (M9) B

Paddle motor (M9) ON signal*

Paddle motor (M9) currentswitching

Paddle home position (PI14)detection

Z-folding unit upper coverdetection

Inserter open detection

Front cover open sensor (PI1)detection

Upper cover open sensor (PI5)detection

Z-folding path set detection

Z-folding path 1 paper leveldetection

Saddle inlet front path sensor

Puncher waste paper feedermotor ON

Stacker sub tray solenoid ON

Not used

Inlet motor (M10) gainadjustment

Not used

Saddle path flapper solenoidON

Inserter drive motor ON

Not used

Signal

SPTTRYMA/SPTTRYMA*

SPTTRYMB/SPTTRYMB*

-----

STPMVMA/STPMVMA*

STPMVMB/STPMVMB*

-----

-----

PDLHP

-----

-----

FDROPN

UPCVROPN

-----

-----

-----

-----

M1ADJ

Connector

J105-A9/-A7

J105-A8/-A6

CPU

J108-A5/-A3

J108-A4/-A2

CPU

CPU

J108-A8

J125-B3

J117-A9

J121-B6

J119-8

J125-B6

J125-B7

J123-5

J118-B10

J110-B12J110-B13

J124-1

J123-2

J117-B9

bit

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

I/O>SORTER

Address

P013

P014

P015

Page 168: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

4-37

SERVICE MODE

Description

Inserter feeding path 1detection

Inserter feeding path 2detection

Inserter feeding path 3detection

Tray B paper detection (PI22)

Sample tray paper detection

Swing guide closed detection(PI15)

Swing guide open detection(PI16)

Stack delivery sensor (PI8)detection

DUST-BOX-SET

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Sample tray detection

SW103-1

SW103-2

SW103-3

SW103-4

SW103-5

SW103-6

SW103-7

SW103-8

Signal

STTRYPA

SWDGDCL

SWORN

BNDLDELV

-----

-----

-----

-----

-----

-----

-----

-----

Remarks

1: paper present

1: paper present

1: paper present

1: paper present

1: paper present

0: close

1: open

1: paper present

1: set

1: present,0: absent

0: ON

0: ON

0: ON

0: ON

0: ON

0: ON

0: ON

0: ON

Connector

J117-A6

J117-A7

J117-A8

J110-B7

J115-B10

J108-B3

J108-B6

J104-B6

SW103-1

SW103-2

SW103-3

SW103-4

SW103-5

SW103-6

SW103-7

SW103-8

bit

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

I/O>SORTER

Address

P016

P017

P018

Page 169: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

SERVICE MODE

4-38

Description

SW104 input

SW106 input

SW105 input

Punch hole number set

For adjustment 0

For adjustment 1

For adjustment 2

For adjustment 3

Segment a

Segment b

Segment c

Segment d

Segment e

Segment f

Segment g

Segment dot

Not used

Not used

inserter motor (M15) speedswitching

Not used

inserter paper set sensor (S9)

inserter pickup solenoid(SL10) ON

inserter stopper solenoid(SL11) ON

inserter separation clutch(CL1) ON

Signal

-----

DOCST

INSPKSL

INSSTPSL1/INSSTPSL2

INSSEPCL

Remarks

0: ON

0: ON

0: ON

1: 2 holes,0: 3 holes

0: ON

0: ON

0: ON

0: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1:high-speed

1:paper present

1:ON

0:ON

1:ON

Connector

PSW-104

PSW-106

PSW-105

SW107-1

SW107-2

SW107-3

SW107-4

SW107-5

LED101

LED101

LED101

LED101

LED101

LED101

LED101

LED101

J844-2:inserterdriver PCB

J845-4:inserterriver PCB

J845-7/8:inserterdriver PCB

J845-9:inserterdriver PCB

bit

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

I/O>SORTER

Address

P019

P020

P021

Page 170: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

4-39

SERVICE MODE

Description

folder feed motor (M14) drive

folder inlet solenoid (SL5) ON

folder release solenoid (SL7) ON

folder B4 No. 2 stoppersolenoid (SL6) ON

folder locking solenoid (SL8)ON

folder B4 No. 1 stoppersolenoid (SL9) ON

folding path paper sensor 2(PI35)

feed path paper sensor 3 (S8)

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Signal

FFMCLK

FENTSL

FPRSELSL

FB4-2SL

FPRSSL

FB4-1SL

FPD2

FPD3

Remarks

1:ON

1:ON

1:ON

1:ON

1:ON

1:ON

1:paper present

1:paper present

Connector

J798-4:folderdriver PCB

J74-6:folderdriver PCB

J793-2:folderdriver PCB

J794-4:folderdriver PCB

J7983-4:folderdriver PCB

J794-2:folderdriver PCB

J797-6:folderdriver PCB

J796-3:folderdriver PCB

bit

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

AN0

AN1

AN2

AN3

I/O>SORTER

Address

P022

P023

P024

P025

P026

Page 171: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

SERVICE MODE

4-40

Description

Not used

tray B lower limit sensor(PI24)

punch rotation home positionsensor (PI4)

punch horizontal registrationhome position (PI46)

punch sensor shift motor(M19) A

punch sensor shift motor(M19) B

punch sensor shift motor(M19) hold

punch horizontal registrationsensor home position sensor(PI45)

tray B upper position sensor(PI20)

tray B lower position sensor(PI21)

stapler shift home positionsensor (PI17)

stapling home position sensor(PI19)

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

stapler motor (M111) reverse

stapler shift motor (M10) hold

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Signal

STTRYLW

PHROTHP

PHHP

-----

-----

PNSNRHOLD

PHSNRPH

STTRYUPPO

STTRYLWPO

STPLHP

STPDRHP

-----

-----

Remarks

1:lower limit

0:HP

1:HP

during output,alternately ‘0’ and‘1’

during output,alternately ‘0’ and‘1’

1:hold

0:HP

0:CCW

1:hold

0:CCW

1:hold

Connector

J109-3

J118-B5

J118-B7

J118A6

J118-A5

J118-A4

J118-B6

-----

J111-1/2

-----

-----

J111-1/2

-----

bit

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

I/O>SORTER

Address

P027

P028

P029

Page 172: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

4-41

SERVICE MODE

Description

waste sensor

Not used

tray A ISA sensor

tray B ISA sensor

tray A paper sensor

tray B paper sensor

inlet path paper sensor (S1)

buffer path paper sensor (S2)

punch paper edge sensor(PI43)

Not used

tray B lock sensor (PI24)

tray A lock sensor (PI26)

punch end sensor (PI47)

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

flash serial output (LED106)

stapler motor (M11) CW

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Signal

DSTD

SMPPAPRME

STKPAPRMV

SMPTRYPAP

STKTRYPAP

ENTPCB

BFPCB

PHPADG

STTRYDL

SMPTRYDY

PHCMPL

-----

-----

Remarks

0:full

1:paper absent

1:paper absent

1:paper absent

1:paper absent

1:paper present

1:paper present

1:paper present

while motorrotates, alternately‘0’ and ‘1’

while motorrotates, alternately‘0’ and ‘1’.

0:end

Connector

J128-3

J121-A7

J105-A3

J121-A6

J105-A2

J121-A3

J120-A5

J118-B4

J110-B7

J115-B10

J118-B8

-----

LED106

J111-3/4

bit

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

I/O>SORTER

Address

P030

P031

P032

Page 173: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

SERVICE MODE

4-42

Description

stapler shift motor (M10) A

stapler shift motor (M10) B

punch registration motor(M17)A

punch registration motor(M17) B

tray B ascent/descent motor(M12) A

tray B ascent/descent motor(M12) B

tray B ascent/descent motor(M12) A*

tray B ascent/descent motor(M12) B*

tray A ascent/descent motor(M13) A

tray A ascent/descent motor(M13) B

tray A ascent/descent motor(M13) A*

tray A ascent/descent motor(M13) B*

punch rotation motor (M18) A

punch rotation motor (M18) B

tray A upper position sensor(PI28)

tray A lower positions sensor(PI27)

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Signal

-----

-----

-----

-----

-----

-----

-----

-----

-----

-----

-----

-----

-----

SMPTRYUPPO

SMPTRYLWPO

Remarks

1:light blocked

1:light blocked

Connector

J112-3/5

J112-2/4

J118-A9

J118-A8

J110-A5

J110-A4

J110-A3

J110-A2

J115-A5

J115-A4

J115-A3

J115-A2

J118-A3

J118-A2

J115-B4

J115-B3

bit

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

AN0

AN1

AN2

AN3

AN4

AN5

AN6

AN7

I/O>SORTER

Address

P033

P034

P035

P036

P037

P038

P039

P040

P041

P042

Page 174: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

4-42-2

SERVICE MODE

Description

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Signal RemarksConnectorbit

DA1

DA2

DA3

DA4

DA5

DA6

DA7

DA8

DA9

DA10

DA11

DA12

Address

P043

P044

P045

P046

P047

P048

P049

P050

P051

P052

P053

P054

I/O>SORTER

Page 175: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

SERVICE MODE

4-42-3

I/O>SORTER

Description

stitch motor (rear; M36) CWsignal

stitch motor (rear; M36) CCWsignal

stitch motor (front; M37) CWsignal

stitch motor (front; M37)CCWsignal

folding motor (M32) CWdrive signal

folding motor (M32) CCWsignal

No. 1 paper deflecting platesolenoid (SL31) drive signal

No. 1 paper deflecting platesolenoid (SL32) drive signal

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

feed roller lock solenoid(SL33) drive signal

solenoid timer (full draw)output

paper positioning plate motorpower

24V power down detection

paper push-on plate leadingedge position detection signal

delivery sensor (PI71)

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Signal

FLPSL1

FLPSL2

RLNIPSL

LUNGETOP

DELV

Remarks

L:CW

L:CCW

L:CW

L:CCW

L:CW

L:CCW

L:ON

L:ON

H:ON

L:ON

L:ON

H:down

H:leading edge

L:paper present

Connector

J8-13/14

J8-11/12

J8-6/7

J8-4/5

J4-7

J4-8

J15-2

J15-4

J15-6

-----

J13-15

J9-3

bit

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

Address

P055

P056

P057

(output)

(input)

b. Saddle Stitcher

(output)

Page 176: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

4-42-4

SERVICE MODE

Description

Not used

Not used

paper push-on plate homeposition sensor (PI74)

jogging plate home positionsensor (PI65)

saddle tray home positionsensor (PI49)

Not used

Not used

Not used

paper positioning plate homeposition sensor (PI66)

Not used

inlet cover open sensor (PI69)connection detection

Not used

feed roller phase sensor (PI72)

jogging plate home positionsensor (PI65) connectiondetection

Not used

Not used

paper positioning plate motor(M34) phase A

paper positioning plate motor(M34) phase B

paper push-on plate motor(M34) PWM

saddle feed motor (M31)power

saddle feed motor (M31) phaseA

saddle feed motor (M31) phaseB

saddle feed motor (M31)reference clock

paper push-on plate motor(M38) CCW(output)

Signal

LUNGEHP

JOGHP

STRHP

PAPPOS

INLTCVR

FDRLHP

JOGHP

Remarks

H:HP

L:HP

L:HP

L:connected

H:flag present

L:HP

L:ON

L:CCW

Connector

J9-12

J11-3

J14-8

J6-6

J10-6

J9-6

J11-1

J4-10

bit

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

Address

P058

P059

P060

I/O>SORTER

(input)

(input)

(output)

Page 177: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

SERVICE MODE

4-42-5

Description

saddle jog motor (M35) phaseA

saddle jog motor (M35) phaseB

paper folding motor (M32)PWM

paper push-on plate motor(M38) CW

guide plate motor (M33) phaseA

guide plate motor (M33) phaseB

guide plate motor (M33) power

saddle jog motor (M35) power

No. 2 paper sensor (PI78)

No. 3 paper sensor (PI79)

stitching home position sensor(MS32; rear)

stitching home position sensor(MS34; front)

paper positioning plate papersensor (PI68)

No. 1 paper sensor (PI77)

vertical path paper sensor(PI76)

Not used

jogging plate home position(PI65) connection detection

Not used

output cover sensor (PI63)connection detection

Not used

paper push-on plate leadingedge sensor (PI75) connection

paper push-on plate homeposition sensor (PI74)connection detection

saddle tray paper sensor(PI52 )2

saddle tray paper sensor(PI51) 3

Signal

2NDPA

3RDPA

STCHHP2

STCHHP1

PPOSPAR

TRYPAR1

VPJM

TRYPAR2

TRYPAR3

Remarks

L:CW

L:ON

L:ON

L:paper present

L:paper present

H:HP

H:HP

L:paper present

L:paper present

L:paper present

H:connected

H:connected

H:connected

H:connected

L:paper present

L:paper present

Connector

J4-9

J10-3

J10-4

J8-10

J8-3

J6-3

J6-9

J13-6

J11-1

J11-7

J13-13

J9-10

J14-11

J14-14

bit

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

Address

P061

P062

P063

I/O>SORTER

(output)

(input)

(input)

Page 178: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

4-42-6

SERVICE MODE

Description

Not used

LED1 drive

saddle tray motor (M20)phase A

saddle try motor (M20)phase B

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

staple sensor (MS33; front)

staple sensor (MS31; rear)

Not used

Not used

outlet cover sensor (PI63)

Not used

inlet cover sensor (PI69)

Not used

DIPSW1 Bit 8

DIPSW1 Bit 7

DIPSW1 Bit 6

DIPSW1 Bit 5

DIPSW1 Bit 4

DIPSW1 Bit 3

DIPSW1 Bit 2

DIPSW1 Bit 1

Signal

HMEMP2

HKEMP1

EJCVR

INLTCVR

Remarks

L:staple absent

L:staple absent

H:open

H:open

L:open

L:open

L:open

H:open

L:ON

L:ON

L:ON

L:ON

L:ON

L:ON

L:ON

L:ON

Connector

J8-8

J8-1

J11-9

J10-8

bit

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

Address

P064

P065

P066

I/O>SORTER

(output)

(input)

(input)

Page 179: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

SERVICE MODE

4-42-7

Description

stitcher staple sensor(MS31; rear)

stitcher staple sensor(MS33; front)

Not used

inlet cover sensor (PI69)connection detection

tray home position sensor(PI49) connection detection

guide plate home positionsensor (PI73) connectiondetection

Not used

paper push-on plate leadingedge sensor (PI75) connection

Signal

HKEMP2

HKEMP1

-----

-----

-----

Remarks

if 92 or higher,staple present

if 92 or higher,staple present

if 128 or higher,connected

if 128 or higher,connected

if 128 or higher,connected

if 128 or higher,connected

Connector

J8-8

J8-1

J10-6

J14-6

J9-7

J13-13

bit

AN0

AN1

AN2

AN3

AN4

AN5

AN6

AN7

Address

P067

P068

P069

P070

P071

P072

P073

P074

I/O>SORTER

Page 180: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

4-42-8

SERVICE MODE

5. FM-CON I/O>FM-CON

Settings Configuration

AB

A

INCH

AB/INCH

Display

00000000

00001010

00000101

00001111

Description

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Setting of DIPSW1-5

Setting of DIPSW1-6

Setting of DIPSW1-7

Setting of DIPSW1-8

Signal

HPORT43

HPORT42

HPORT41

HPORT40

Remarks

Indicate thesettings of theDIP switch (SW1)on the MFC PCB;see the tablebelow.

Connector

CPU

CPU

CPU

CPU

bit

bit0

bit1

bit2

bit3

bit4

bit5

bit6

bit7

Address

P001

Page 181: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

SERVICE MODE

4-42-9

Blank Page

Page 182: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

4-43

SERVICE MODE

D. ADJUST Adjustment ModeWhen you select COPIER>ADJUST, you are given the choices shown in the table that fol-

lows.Items under COPIER>ADJUST

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Range Description

ADJUST LAMP L-DATA 0 to 255 Use it to adjust the scanning lamp intensity data.

AE AE-TBL 1 to 9 Use it to adjust the text density for AE mode with priorityon speed.

ADJ-XY ADJ-Y 360 to 1360 Use it to adjust the CCD image read start position (main scanning direction).

ADJ-X 0 to 2970 Use it to adjust the image leading edge position.ADJ-S 0 to 4 Use it to adjust the scanner home position.

CCD GAIN-E 80 to 160 Use it to adjust the CCD even-number photocell gain.GAIN-O 80 to 160 Use it to adjust the CCD odd-number photocell gain.OFST-E 1 to 254 Use it to adjust the CCD even-number photocell offset.OFST-O 1 to 254 Use it to adjust the CCD odd-number photocell offset.SH-TRGT 1 to 511 Use it to set the white level target value for shading

correction.

LASER PVE-OFST -300 to 300 Use it to adjust the offset from the center of the laser.LA-DELAY 450 to 550 Use it to enter the laser delay value for the laser unit.LA-PWR-A 48 to 432 Use it to set the laser A power adjustment value.LA-PWR-B 48 to 432 Use it to set the laser B power adjustment value.IP-DELAY 5 to 25 Use it to set the laser delay value for the IP PCB.

DEVELOP DE-DC 0 to 500 Use it to set the developing DC output adjustment value for image exposure.

DE-NO-DC 0 to 500 Use it to set the developing DC output adjustment value for image exposure.

DE-OFST -50 to 50 Use it to adjust the offset for the image bias DC component.

DENS DENS-ADJ 1 to 9 Use it to adjust copy density.

BLANK BLANK-T 0 to 2362 Use it to set the leading edge non-image width.BLANK-B 0 to 2362 Use it to set the trailing edge non-image width.

V-CONT EPTOTOFST 0 to 255 Use it to set the potential sensor offset.VL-OFST -5 to 5 Use it to set the light area potential target value offset.VD-OFST -5 to 5 Use it to set the dark area potential target value offset.

HV-PRI GRID 400 to 900 Use it to set the primary charging assembly grid biasoutput adjustment value.

HV-TR TR-N1 -650 to -150 Use it to set the transfer charging output adjustment value(1st side).

TR-N2 -650 to -150 Use it to set the transfer charging output adjustment value(2nd side).

PRE-TR 0 to 300 Use it to set the output adjustment value for thepre-transfer charging assembly.

HV-SP SP-N1 0 to 500 Use it to set the separation charging output adjustmentvalue (1st side).

SP-N2 0 to 500 Use it to set the separation charging output adjustmentvalue (2nd side).

Page 183: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

4-44

SERVICE MODE

Items under FEEDER>ADJUST

Level 1 Level 3 Range Description

ADJUST DOCST -50 to 50 Use it to adjust the original stop position.

DOCST-M -50 to 50 Use it to adjust the original stop position (for manual feed).

LA-SPEED -54 to 54 Use it to adjust the original feeding speed for stream reading mode.

STRD-S -25 to 25 Use it to adjust the original stop position for stream reading mode (for small-size).

STRD-L -25 to 25 Use it to adjust the original stop position for stream reading mode (for large-size).

RVM-SPD -30 to 30 Use it to adjust the reversal motor speed.

Items under SORTER>ADJUST

Level 1 Level 3 Range Description

ADJUST PNCH-HLE Use it to adjust the offset of punch holes.

Items under COPIER>ADJUST

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Range Description

ADJUST REGIST -50 to 50 Use it to adjust the activation timing for the registration clutch.

ADJ-REFE -101 to 100 Use it to adjust the re-pickup horizontal registration.

CST-ADJ C3-STMTR Use it to adjust the paper width sensor for the cassette 3 (STMTR).

C3-A4R Use it to adjust the paper width sensor for the cassette 3 (A4R).

C4-STMTR Use it to adjust the paper width sensor for the cassette 4 (STMTR).

C4-A4R Use it to adjust the paper width sensor for the cassette 4 (A4R).

MF-A4R Use it to adjust the paper width sensor for the manual feed cassette (A4R).

MF-A6R Use it to adjust the paper width sensor for the manual feed tray (A6R).

MF-A4 Use it to adjust the paper width sensor for the manual feed tray (A4).

C3-LVOL Use it to set the stacking limit for the cassette 3(50 sheets).

C3-HVOL Use it to set the stacking limit for the cassette 3 (275 sheets).

C4-LVOL Use it to se the stacking limit for the cassette 4 (50 sheets).

C4-HVOL Use it to set the stacking limit for the cassette 4 (275 sheets).

MISC ATM 0~ 3 To set the operating environment for atmospheric pressure.

FEED-ADJ

Page 184: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

4-45

SERVICE MODE

<LAMP> COPIER>ADJUSTAdjusting the Activation Voltage of the Scanning Lamp

<AE>AE Adjustment

Level 3

L-DATA

Description

Entering Scanning Lamp Intensity Data• If faulty images are generated after execution of

COPIER>FUNCTION>CCD>CCD-ADJ, enter thevalue recorded on the service label.

• This will determine FL-PWM.

Remarks

Range : 0 to 255

Level 3

AE-TBL

Description

Adjusting Text Density for Real-Time AE Mode• Enter a value to adjust the density correction curve

for real-time AE mode (10 settings).

Remarks

Range : 0 to 9 (default : 5)

Higher setting

Lower settingHigher intensityLower intensity

White

WhiteOriginal density

A lower setting makes the text lighter.

Copy density

A higher setting makes the text darker

Page 185: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

4-46

SERVICE MODE

<ADJ-XY>Adjusting the Image Read Start Position

Level 3

ADJ-Y

ADJ-X

ADJ-S

Description

Adjusting the CCD Read Start Position• Enter a value to adjust the read start position.

Adjusting the Scanner Image Leading Position• Enter a value to adjust the image leading edge

position.

Adjusting the Scanner Home Position• Enter a value to adjust the home position (standard

white plate read position).

Remarks

Range : 360 to 1360 (each'12' causes a shift of 1mm)

Range : 0 to 2970 ('12'causes a shift of 1 mm)• Be sure to execute this

mode before adjustingthe margin.

• Do not create a marginusing this mode.

Range : 0 to 4• If dirt exists on the

standard white plate, usethis mode to avoidreading the area.Vertical

size plate

Standard white plate

Highersetting

Lowersetting

Copyboard glass

Home position sensor

COPIER>ADJUST

Verticalsize plate

Standard whit plate

Highersetting

Lowersetting

Copyboard glassImage leading edge sensor

Lower value

Higher value

Original

Vertical size plate

Read start position

Page 186: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

4-47

SERVICE MODE

<CCD>Adjusting CCD/Shading-Related items

Level 3

GAIN-E

GAIN-O

OFST-E

OFST-O

SH-TRGT

Description

Use it to enter a gain adjustment value for the CCDoutput for even-number pixels.

Use it to enter a gain adjustment value for the CCDoutput for odd-number pixels.

Use it to enter an offset adjustment value for the CCDoutput for even-number pixels.

Use it to enter an offset adjustment value for the CCDoutput for odd-number pixels.

Use it to enter a white level target value for shadingcorrection.

Remarks

Execute COPIER>FUNC-TION>CCD>CCD-ADJ;then, if a faulty image isgenerated, enter the valuerecorded on the servicelabel.

COPIER>ADJUST

Page 187: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

4-48

SERVICE MODE

<LASER>Adjusting the Laser Output

Level 3

PVE-OFST

IP-DELAY

LA-PWR-A

LA-PWR-B

LA-DELAY

Description

Use it to adjust the position of laser exposure.

Use it to enter a delay value for the image processorPCB.

Use it to enter a laser power adjustment value for laserA.

Use it to enter a laser power adjustment value for laserB.

Use it to enter a delay value for the laser unit.

Remarks

Range : -300 to 300• If you have replaced the

IP PCB or initialized theRAM on the IP PCB,enter the value recordedon the label on the PCB.

• Note that laser A shiftsin sync with laser B.

If you have replaced theIP PCB or initialized theRAM on the IP PCB,enter the value recordedon the PCB.

If you have replaced thelaser unit or initialized theRAM on the IP PCB,enter the value recordedon the label attached tothe laser unit.

If you have replaced thelaser unit or initialized theRAM on the IP PCB,enter the value recordedon the label attached tothe laser unit.

COPIER>ADJUST

FrontLower setting Higher setting

Rear

Laser B

Page 188: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

4-49

SERVICE MODE

<DEVELOP>Adjusting the Developing Bias Output

<DENS>Fine-Adjusting Copy Density Auto Correction

Level 3

DE-DC

DE-NO-DC

DE-OFST

Description

Use it to enter a DC bias output value for the imagearea.

Use it to enter a developing bias output value forsheet-to-sheet distance.

Use it to adjust the offset value of the developing DCbias.

Remarks

Range: 0 to 500• If you have replaced the

IP PCB or initialized theRAM on the IP PCB,enter the value recordedon the service label.

Range : -50 to 50• If you have replaced the

IP PCB or initialized theRAM on the IP PCB,enter the value recordedon the service label.

Level 3

DENS-ADJ

Description

Correcting Copy Density• Use it to correct the f-value table if the copy image is

foggy or the high-density area is blurred.

Remarks

Range : 0 to 9 (default at 3)

Lighter imageLower value

Higher valueDarker image

White

Cop

y de

nsity

Black Original density White

F9 F1

A lower settingdecreases fogging.

A higher settingdecreases blurring.

COPIER>ADJUST

Page 189: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

4-50

SERVICE MODE

<BLANK>Adjusting the Non-Image Width

<V-CONT>Adjusting the Potential Control System

Level 3

BLANK-T

BLANK-B

Description

Use it to enter a non-image width adjustment value forthe image leading edge.

Use it to enter a non-image width adjustment value forthe image trailing edge.

Remarks

• If you have replaced theIP PCB or initialized theRAM on the IP PCB,enter the value recordedon the service label.

Level 3

EPOTOFST

VL-OFST

VD-OFST

Description

Use it to enter an offset value for the potential sensor.

Use it to enter an offset value for the VL targetpotential.

Use it to enter an offset value for the VD targetpotential.

Remarks

• If you have replaced theIP PCB or initialized theRAM on the IP PCB,enter the value recordedon the service label.

COPIER>ADJUST

Page 190: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

4-51

SERVICE MODE

<HV-SP>Adjusting the Output of the Separation Charging Assembly

<HV-TR>Adjusting the Output of the Transfer Charging Assembly/Pre-Transfer Charging Assembly

Level 3

GRID

Description

Use it to enter an output adjustment value for the gridbias.

Remarks

• If you have replaced theIP PCB or initialized theRAM on the IP PCB,enter the value recordedon the service label.

Level 3

TR-N1

TR-N2

PRE-TR

Description

Use it to enter an output adjustment value for thetransfer charging current (for plain paper; single-sheetor 1st side of double-sided sheet).

Use it to enter an output adjustment value for thetransfer charging current (for plain paper; 2nd side ofdouble-sided sheet).

Use it to enter an output adjustment value for the pre-transfer charging current.

Remarks

• If you have replaced theIP PCB or initialized theRAM on the IP PCB,enter the value recordedon the service label.

Level 3

SP-N1

SP-N2

Description

Use it to enter an output adjustment value forseparation charging current (for plain paper; single-sided sheet or 1st side of double-sided sheet).

Use it to enter an output value for the separationcharging current (for plain paper; 2nd side of double-sided sheet).

Remarks

• If you have replaced theIP PCB or initialized theRAM on the IP PCB,enter the value on theservice label.

<HV-PRI>Adjusting the Output of the Primary Charging Assembly

COPIER>ADJUST

Page 191: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

4-52

SERVICE MODE

<CST-ADJ>Adjusting the Cassette/Manual Feed Tray-Related Items

<FEED-ADJ>Adjusting the Feeding System

Level 3

REGIST

ADJ-REFE

Description

Adjusting the Activation Timing for the RegistrationClutch• A higher setting delays the timing, decreasing the

leading edge margin.

Adjusting the Horizontal Registration for Re-Pickup• If the image is displaced to the rear, enter a lower

setting.• If the image is displaced to the front, enter a higher

setting.

Remarks

Range : -50 to 5 (each '23'causes a shift of 1 mm)

Range : -101 to 100 (each'23' causes a shift of 1mm)

Level 3

C3-STMTR

C3-A4R

C4-STMTR

C4-A4R

MF-A4R

MF-A6R

MF-A4

C3-LVOL

C3-HVOL

C4-LVOL

C4-HVOL

Description

Use it to enter a paper width basic value for thecassette 3 (STMTR).

Use it to enter a paper width basic value for thecassette 3 (A4R).

Use it to enter a paper width basic value for thecassette 4 (STMTR).

Use it to enter a paper width basic value for thecassette 4 (A4R).

Use it to enter a paper width basic value for themanual feed tray (A4R).

Use it to enter a paper width basic value for themanual feed tray (A6R).

Use it to enter a paper width basic value for themanual feed tray (A4).

Use it to set the stacking limit for the cassette 3 (50sheets).

Use it to set the stacking limit for the cassette 3 (250sheets).

Use it to set the stacking limit for the cassette 4 (50sheets).

Use it to set the stacking limit for the cassette 4 (250sheets).

Remarks

• If you have replaced theIP PCB or initialized theRAM on the IP PCB,enter the value recordedon the service label.

• Be sure to executeFUNCTION>CST if youhave replaced the paperwidth sensor.

• If you have replaced theIP PCB or initialized theRAM on the IP PCB,enter the value recordedon the service label.

COPIER>ADJUST

Page 192: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

4-53

SERVICE MODE

<FEEDER>

Level 3

DOCST

Description

Adjusting the Original Stop Position for Pickup fromthe Feeder (original tray pickup)Operation1) Select DOCST.2) Place paper on the tray (A3/11"x17").3) Enter a setting using the keypad.

4) Press the OK key.• The paper on the original tray will be picked up and

stopped on the copyboard glass.5) Open the feeder slowly, and check the position of

the paper.6) Close the feeder slowly without removing the paper.7) Press the OK key.• The paper on the copyboard glass will be delivered to

the original tray.8) If the stop position is not as indicated, go back to

step 3), and make adjustments once again.

Remarks

Range : -35 to 35 (Each '1'causes a shift of 0.5 mm)• The data is retained by

the ADF controller PCBon the feeder side.

Original stop position

Lower settingHigher setting

Standard:11 ±1 mm

Original

FEEDER>ADJUST

Page 193: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

4-54

SERVICE MODE

<FEEDER>

Level 3

DOCST-M

Description

Adjusting the Original Stop Position for Pickup for theFeeder (manual tray pickup)Operation1) Select DOCST-M.2) Place paper on the manual feed tray (A3/11"×17").3) Enter a setting using the keypad.

4) Press the OK key.• The paper on the manual feed tray will be picked up

and stopped on the copyboard glass.5) Open the feeder slowly, and check the position of

the paper.6) Close the feeder slowly without removing the paper.7) Press the OK key.• The paper on the copyboard board glass will be

delivered to the manual feed tray.8) If the stop position is not as indicated, go back to

step 3), and make adjustments once gain.

Remarks

Range : -50 to 50 (Each '1'causes a shift of 0.5 mm)• The data is retained by

the ADF controller PCBon the feeder side.

Original stop position

Lower settingHigher setting

Standard:11 ±1 mm

Original

FEEDER>ADJUST

Page 194: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

4-55

SERVICE MODE

<SORTER-Related Items>

<FEEDER-Related Items>

Level 3

LA-SPEED

STRD-S

STRD-L

RVM-SPD

Description

Adjusting the Original Feeding Speed for StreamReading Mode

Adjusting the Scanner Stop Position for StreamReading Mode (small-size)

Adjusting the Scanner Stop Position for StreamReading (large-size)

Adjusting the speed of Reversal Motor• For details, see the Feeder Service Manual.

Remarks

Range : -54 to 54 (ahigher setting willincrease the speed)• The data is retained by

the controller PBC ofthe ADF on the feederside.

Range : -25 to 25 (each '1'causes a shift of 0.1 mm)• The data is retained by

the IP PCB on thecopier.

• If you have replaced theIP PCB or initialized theRAM on the IP PCB,enter the value recordedon the service label.

Range : -30 to 30 (each '1'increases the speed by0.1%)• The data is retained by

the controller PBC of theADF on the feeder side.

Remarks

Range : 6 to 24mm (12mmat default)

• The data is retained bythe finisher controllerPCB on the finisher side.

Copyboard glass

Stream reading scanner stop position

Higher settingLower setting

Copyboard glass

Stream reading scanner stop position

Higher settingLower setting

FEEDER>ADJUST

SORTER>ADJUST

Description

Adjusting the offset for Punch Hole Position (feedingdirection)• For details, see the Finisher Service Manual.

Level 3

PNCH-HLE

Page 195: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

4-56

SERVICE MODE

E. FUNCTION Operation/Inspection ModeWhen you select COPIER>FUNCTION, you are given the choices shown in the table that

follows.Items under COPIER>FUNCTION

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Description

FUNCTION INSTALL TONER-S Use it to supply or stir toner.

CCD CCD-ADJ Use it to execute auto adjustment of shading.

LASER POWER-A Use it to turn on laser A.POWER-B Use it to turn on laser B.

DPC OFST Use it to adjust the offset for the potential sensor.

CST C3STMTR Use it to execute auto registration of a paper width basic value for the cassette 3 (STMTR).

C3-A4R Use it to execute auto registration of a paper width basic value for the cassette 3 (A4R).

C4-STMTR Use it to execute auto registration of a paper width basic value for the cassette 4 (STMTR).

C4-A4R Use it to execute auto registration of a paper width basic value for the cassette 4 (A4R).

MF-A4R Use it to execute auto registration of a paper width basic value for the manual feed tray (A4R).

MF-A6R Use it to execute auto registration of a paper width basic value for the manual feed tray (A6R).

MF-A4 Use it to execute auto registration of a paper width basic value for the manual feed tray (A4).

FIXING NIP-CHK Use it to generate a nip width check image output for the fixing roller.

PANEL LCD-CHK Use it to check missing dots on the touch panel.LED-CHK Use it to check the activation of the LEDs on the control panel.LED-OFF Use it to check the de-activation of the LEDs on the control panel.KEY-CHK Use it to check the inputs of the keys on the control panel.TOUCHCHK Use it to adjust the coordinates for the touch panel.

CL Use it to select a clutch that turns on at CL-ON.CL-ON Use it to check the operation of a clutch.MTR Use it to check the operation of a motor.MTR-ON Use it to check the operation of a motor.SL Use it to select a solenoid that turns on at SL-ON.SL-ON Use it to check the operation of a solenoid.

CLEAR ERR Use it to clear error codes.IP Use it to initialize the RAM on the image processor PCB.JAM-HIST Use it to clear the jam history.ERR-HIST Use it to initialize the error code history.MF-CON Use it to initialize the RAM on the MFC PCB.PWD-CLR Clears the password of the system administrator

MISC-R SCANLAMP Use it to check the activation of the scanning lamp.PRE-EXP Use it to check the activation of the pre-exposure LEDs.

SCANDISK Use it to scan the hard disk.FORMAT Use it to format the hard disk.

PART-CHK

HRD-DISK

Page 196: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

4-57

SERVICE MODE

Items under FEEDER>FUNCTION

Level 1 Level 3 Description

FUNCTION SENS-INT Use it to adjust the sensitivity of each sensor of the feeder.

BLT-CLN Use it to clean the separation belt of the feeder.

REG-CLN Use it to clean the registration roller of the feeder.

The state of the machine is indicated in the upper right corner of the screen. Pay attention to theindications while executing service mode; they include the following:

READY: The machine is ready for servicing/copying operation.SERVICE: The machine is performing servicing operations. (This indication is used while

in inspection/operation mode of service mode.)

Page 197: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

4-58

SERVICE MODE

<INSTALL>Operations for Installation

<CCD>Executing Auto Adjustment for CCD/Shading-Related Items

Level 3

TONER-S

Description

Supplying Toner from the Toner Cartridge to theHopper/Developing Assembly and Stirring the TonerInside the Developing AssemblyOperationSelect TONER-S to highlight, and press the OK key.(The operation ends in about 10 min.)

Caution:1. Before pressing the OK key, check to be sure

that the developing assembly is fitted securely.2. Do not turn off the power while the machine is

in operation.

Remarks

• A count-down number isindicated to the right ofTONER-S duringoperation.

• No key except the Stopkey is enabled duringoperation.

Level 3

CCD-ADJ

Description

Executing Auto Adjustment for ShadingOperation1) Place standard white paper* (10 sheets or more) on

the copyboard glass.

2) Select CCD-ADJ to highlight, and press the Ok key.3) See that the machine has entered auto adjustment

mode. (The adjustment ends in about 1 min.)4) Record all items under COPIER>ADJUST>CCD and

the data under COPIER>ADJUST>LAMP>L-DATAon the service label when they have been updated.

* Whitest of all papar used by the user (except paperfor a color copier).

Remarks

If you have replaced theCCD unit, scanning lamp,image processor PCB, orstandard white plate,execute this mode.

Standard white paper

COPIER>FUNCTION

Page 198: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

4-59

SERVICE MODE

Description

Registering the Paper Width Basic Value for theCassette 3/4Operation1) Set paper of the STMTR size in the cassette, and

adjust the side guide plate to its width.2) Select C3-STMTR (C4-STMTR) to highlight, and

press the OK key.• The new setting will be stored under C3-STMTR

(C4-STMTR).3) Repeat steps 1) and 2) for A4R size.

Registering the Paper Width Basic Value for theManual Feed TrayOperation1) Place A4R paper on the manual feed tray, and adjust

the side guide to its width.2) Select MF-A4R to highlight, and press the OK key.

The new setting will be stored under MF-A4R.3) Repeat steps 1) and 2) for A6R and A4 sizes.

<CST>Storing the Cassette/Manual Feed Tray Paper Width

<LASER>Laser-Related Operations

<DPC>Executing Automatic Adjustment of Photosensitive Drum Potential-Related Items

Level 3

POWER-A

POWER-B

Description

Turning On the LaserOperation1) Select POWER-A or POWER-B to highlight, and

press the OK key.2) See that the selected laser turns on and SERVICE is

indicated in the upper right of the screen.3) See that the laser turns off automatically in about 30

sec.To turn off the laser before that, press the Stop key.

Remarks

Level 3

OFST

Description

Adjusting the Potential Sensor OffsetOperation1) Select OFST to highlight, and press the OK key.

Remarks

• This item is one ofseries of proceduresexecuted after replacingthe potential sensor. Donot use it on its own. Fordetails, See II.C. "ImageFormation."

Level 3

C3-STMTRC3-A4RC4-STMTRC4-A4R

MF-A4RMF-A6RMF-A4

Remarks

STMTR width : 139.5 mmA4R width : 210 mm• For fine-adjustment, use

the following: ADJUST>CST-ADJ>C3-STM-TR (C4-STMTR), C3-A4R (C4-A4R).

A4R width:210 mmA6R width:105 mmA4 width: 297 mm• For fine-adjustment, use

the following:ADJUST>CST-ADJ>MF-A4R, MF-A6R, MF-A4.

COPIER>FUNCTION

Page 199: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

4-60

SERVICE MODE

<FIXING>Executing Auto Adjustment for Fixing Assembly-Related Items

Level 3

NIP-CHK

Description

Generating a Fixing Nip Width Measurement PrintOperation1) Make about 20 copies of the Test Sheet in A4.2) Set A3 paper on the manual feed tray.3) Select NPP-CHK to highlight, and press the OK key.• The paper will be picked up and stopped between the

fixing rollers; then, it will be discharged in about 20sec.

4) Measure the width as indicated.

Caution:a and c are points 10 mm from both ends of paper.

Remarks

�Feedingdirection

Standard: |a-c| = 0.5 mm or less

Standard:7.3–0.5 mm

c

a

Middle ofcopypaper

b

A3

pape

r

COPIER>FUNCTION

Page 200: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

4-61

SERVICE MODE

COPY A

COPY B

PB

0 ~ 9

OTHER

Screenindication

Copy A

Copy B

Extension

0 ~

Mail Box

0 9

Screen display

RESET

CLEAR

ID

?

M

START

STAND BY

I

?

C

ID

Screen display

STOP

INTERRUPT

<PANEL>Activating the LEDs on the Control Panel

Table 4-E101 KEY-CHK Screen

Level 3

LCD-CHK

LED-CHK

LED-OFF

KEY-CHK

TOUCHKEY

Description

Checking the Touch Panel for Missing DotsOperation1) Select the item to highlight, and press the OK key.• The entire face of the touch panel will turn on white

and then blue repeatedly.2) Press the Stop key to end the operation.

Checking LEDs on the Control PanelOperation1) Select item to highlight, and press the OK key.• The LEDs will turn on in sequence. To stop, select

LED-OFF.

Ending a Check on the LEDs of the Control PanelOperation1) Select the item to highlight, ending the operation.

Checking the Key InputsOperation1) Select the item to highlight.2) Press any key to check. If normal, the corresponding

characters will be indicated on the touch panel.3) Select KEY-CHK to end the operation.

Adjusting the Coordinates for the Touch PanelOperation1) Select the item to highlight, and press the OK key.2) Press "+" indicated on the touch panel in sequence

(9 points).3) When the adjustment is over, select TOUCHKEY to

end the operation.

Remarks

See Table 4-E101.

• The point of a press onthe touch panel and thecoordinates of the LCDare matched.

• Execute this mode if youhave replaced the LCDassembly.

COPIER>FUNCTION

Page 201: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

4-62

SERVICE MODE

<PART-CHK>Checking the Operation of Loads

Level 3

CL

CL-ON

MTR

MTR-ON

SL

SL-ON

Description

Selecting the Clutch to CheckOperation1) Select CL.2) Using the keypad, enter the code of the clutch. (See

the code table that follows.)3) Press the OK key.

Checking the Operation of the Clutch.Operation1) Select CL-ON, and press the OK key.

Selecting the Motor to CheckOperation1) Select MTR.2) Using the keypad, enter the code of the motor to

check. (See the code table that follows.)3) Press the OK key.

Checking the MotorOperation1) Select MTR-ON, and press the OK key.

Selecting the Solenoid to CheckOperation1) Select SL.2) Using the keypad, enter the code of the solenoid.

(See the code table that follows.)3) Press the OK key.

Checking the SolenoidOperation1) Select SL-ON, and press the OK key.

Remarks

ON ! 10 sec OFF ! ON! 10 sec OFF ! ON !OFF

10 sec ON ! OFF

ON ! 10 sec OFF ! ON! 10 sec OFF ! ON!OFF

COPIER>FUNCTION

Page 202: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

4-63

SERVICE MODE

Code

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

Code

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

Code

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

Manual tray pickup clutch (CL7)

Cassette 3 pickup clutch (CL12)

Vertical path 3 roller drive clutch (CL13)

Cassette 4 pickup clutch (CL14)

Vertical path 4 roll drive clutch (CL15)

Front deck (right) pickup clutch (CL10)

Vertical path 1 roller drive clutch (CL8)

Front deck (left) pickup clutch (CL11)

Vertical path 2 roller drive clutch (CL9)

Pre-registration roller drive clutch (CL5)

Lower feeding middle roller drive clutch (CL16)

Lower feeding right roller drive clutch (CL17)

Front deck (left) feeding clutch (CL19)

Delivery speed switching clutch (CL21)

Registration roller brake drive clutch (CL3)

Manual feed tray feeding clutch (CL18)

Hopper drive clutch (CL1)

Developing cylinder drive clutch (CL4)

Registration roller drive clutch (CL2)

Side paper deck feeding clutch (CL101)

Side paper deck pickup clutch (CL102)

Drum motor (M0)

Main motor (M1)

Pickup motor (M2)

Fixing motor (M3)

Laser scanner motor (M4)

Cartridge motor (M6)

Hopper motor (M18)

Horizontal registration motor (M15)

Duplexing reversal motor (M11)

Duplexing feeding motor (M12)

Side paper deck main motor (M101)

Front deck (right) pickup solenoid (SL7)

Front deck (left) pickup solenoid (SL8)

Cassette 3 pickup solenoid (SL9)

Cassette 4 pickup solenoid (SL10)

Manual feed tray pickup clutch solenoid (SL6; push)

Manual feed tray pickup clutch solenoid (SL6; pull)

Delivery flapper drive solenoid (SL3)

Reversing flapper drive solenoid (SL11)

Fixing inlet guide drive solenoid (SL1; push)

Fixing inlet guide drive solenoid (SL1; pull)

Fixing cleaning belt drive solenoid (SL2)

Fixing feeding unit locking solenoid (SL4; push)

Fixing feeding unit locking solenoid (SL4; pull)

Page 203: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

4-64

SERVICE MODE

<CLEAR>Clearing RAM/Error Code Histories

Level 3

ERR

IP

JAM-HIST

ERR-HIST

MF-CON

PWD-CLR

Description

Clearing Error CodesOperation1) Select the item to highlight, and press the OK key.2) Turn off and then on the main power.

Initializing the RAM on the Image ProcessorOperation1) Select the item to highlight, and press the OK key.2) Turn off and then on the main power.

Clearing the Jam HistoryOperation1) Select the item to highlight, and press the OK key.2) Turn off and then on the main power.

Clearing the Error Code HistoryOperation1) Select the item to highlight, and press the OK key.2) Turn off and then on the main power.

Initializing the RAM on the MFC PCBOperation1) Select the item to highlight, and press the OK key.2) Turn off and then on the main power.

Use it to clear the password set in user mode for‘system administrator’.Operation1) Select the item to highlight, and press the OK key.2) Turn off and then on the main power.

Remarks

• The code is cleared onlywhen the main powerswitch is turned off andthen on. Be sure to turnit off and then on.

• The RAM is initializedonly when the mainpower switch is turnedoff and then on. Be sureto turn it off and then on.

• The history is clearedonly when the mainpower switch is turnedoff and then on. Be sureto turn it off and then on.

• The history is clearedonly when the mainpower switch is turnedoff and then on. Be sureto turn it off and then on.

• The RAM is initializedonly when the mainpower switch is turnedoff and then on. Be sureto turn it off and then on.

• Be sure to turn off andthen on the power; thepassword will not becleared unless the poweris removed once.

COPIER>FUNCTION

Page 204: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

4-65

SERVICE MODE

<MISC-R>Checking the Scanning System

Level 3

SCAN-LAMP

PRE-EXP

Description

Checking the Activation of the Scanning LampOperation1) Select the item to highlight, and press the OK key.• The scanning lamp will turn on for about 3 sec and

then will turn off.

Checking the Activation of the Pre-exposure LampOperation1) Select the item to highlight, and press the OK key.• The scanning lamp will turn on for about 3 sec and

then will turn off.

Remarks

<HRD-DISK>Checking the Operation of the Hard Disk

Level 3

SCAN-DISK

FORMAT

Description

Detecting an Error on/Initializing the Hard Disk• The operation starts, and the count is made starting at

0%; the operation ends at 100% (in about 25 min).

Initializing the Hard Disk (ends in about 1 sec).

Remarks

• Execute this mode if thehard disk has some kindof problem.

• Execute this mode for anormal hard disk.

• Execute this mode attime of shipment fromthe factory or afterreplacing the hard disk.

COPIER>FUNCTION

Page 205: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

4-66

SERVICE MODE

Description

Adjusting the Sensitivity of Sensors of the Feeder• For details, see the Feeder Service Manual

(B. "Making Adjustment after Replacing the MajorParts").

• The operation is identical to when the push switch(SW2) is turned on.

Cleaning the Feeder Separation Belt (See chapter 5 E."Cleaning.")• For Details, see the Feeder Service Manual.• The operation is identical to when the push switch

(SW2) is turned on.

Cleaning the Feeder Registration Roller (See E."Cleaning.")• For details, see the feeder Service Manual.• The operation is identical to when the push switch

(SW2) is turned on.

<FEEDER-Related Items>

Level 3

SENS-INT

BLT-CLN

REG-CLN

Remarks

FEEDER>FUNCTION

Page 206: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

4-52-2

SERVICE MODE

<MISC>Other

Level 3

ATM

Description

Use it to set the environment for the atmosphericpressure. A higher setting will lower the target controlpotential. (A lower atmospheric pressure tends tocause leakage, indicating the need for a lower targetcontrol potential.)

Remarks

Range: 0 to 30: Standard (default)1: 1 to 0.70 atm (up to elevation of about 3,000 m)2: 0.70 to 0.65 atm (elevation of about 3,000 to 3,500 m)3: 0.65 to 0.60 atm (elevation of about 3,500 to 4,500 m)

Page 207: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

4-52-3

SERVICE MODE

Blank Page

Page 208: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

5-1

SELF DIAGNOSIS

CHAPTER 5 SELF DIAGNOSIS

The microprocessor on the copier’s DC controller PCB is equipped with a mechanism thatchecks the state of the copier (especially its sensors). It runs a check as needed and, upon detectionof a fault, indicates a code on the control panel.

A. Copier Self Diagnosis

Code Cause

• The main thermistor (TH1) has poorcontact or an open circuit.

• The fixing heater (H1, H2) has an opencircuit.

• The thermal switch (TS1) has an opencircuit.

• The SSR is faulty.• The DC control PCB is faulty.• The sub thermistor (TH2) has poor

contact or an open circuit.After indicating E000, the power switchturns off in about 5 sec.

• The main thermistor (TH1) has a shortcircuit.

• The SSR is faulty.• The DC controller PCB is faulty.• The sub thermistor (TH2) has detected

overheating.

• The main thermistor (TH1) has poorcontact or an open circuit.

• The fixing heater (H1, H2) has an opencircuit.

• The thermal switch (TS1) has an opencircuit.

• The SSR is faulty.• The DC controller PCB is faulty.

• The main thermistor (TH1) has poorcontact or an open circuit.

• The fixing heater (H1, H2) has an opencircuit.

• The thermal switch (TS1) has an opencircuit.

• The SSR is faulty.• The DC controller PCB is faulty.

• The SSR is faulty.• The DC controller PCB is faulty.

• The cleaning belt inside the fixingassembly has been taken up.

• The fixing cleaning belt length sensor(PS7) is faulty.

• The DC controller PCB is faulty.

Description

• The temperature of the upper fixingroller does not reach 70°C within 3 min30 sec after power-on.

• The temperature of the upper fixingroller exceeds 230°C for 2 sec or more.

• The difference in detection temperaturebetween the main thermistor (TH1) andthe sub thermistor (TH2) is 50°C for 1sec or more.

• The temperature of the upper fixingroller does not reach 100°C within 2.5min after it has exceeded 70°C.

• The temperature of the upper fixingroller does not reach 150°C within 2.5min after it has exceeded 100°C.

• The temperature of the upper fixingroller drops to 70°C or less for 2 secafter it has reached 100°C.

• The SSR used to drive the fixing heaterhas a short circuit.

• The cleaning belt inside the fixingassembly has been taken up more than aspecific length.

E000

(NOTE 1)

E001

(NOTE 1)

E002

(NOTE 1)

E004(NOTE 1)

E005(NOTE 1)

E003

(NOTE 1)

Page 209: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

SELF DIAGNOSIS

5-2

Code

(NOTE 1)

Cause

• The main motor (M1) is faulty.• The DC controller PCB is faulty.

• The drum motor (M0) is faulty.• The DC controller PCB is faulty.

• The waste toner feed screw has a fault.• The DC controller PCB is faulty.

• The fixing motor (M3) is faulty.• The DC controller PCB is faulty.

• The pickup motor (M2) is faulty.• The DC controller PCB is faulty.

• The waste toner case is full.

• The hopper inside toner feeder motor(M18) is faulty.

• The magnet roller drive clutch (CL1) isfaulty.

• The developing assembly inside tonersensor (TS3) is faulty.

• The DC control PCB is faulty.• The hopper connector is disconnected.

• The cartridge inside toner feeder motor(M6) is faulty.

• DC controller PCB is faulty.

• The toner copy counter has an opencircuit.

• The DC controller PCB is faulty.

• The option counter has an open circuit.• The DC controller PCB is faulty.

• The Copy Data Controller-A1 or theRemoto Diagnostic Device II is faulty.

• The DC controller PCB is faulty.

Description

• No clock pulse arrives for 2 sec or moreafter the output of the main motor drivesignal.

• No PLL lock signal (MOLCK) arrivesfor 2 sec or more after the output of thedrum motor drive signal.

• The waste toner feed screw cannotrotate, and the detecting switch (MSW2)has been pressed multiple times within aspecific period of time.

• No PLL lock signal (M1-FG) arrive for 2sec or more after the output of the fixingmotor drive signal.

• No clock pulse arrives for 2 sec or moreafter the output of the pickup motordrive signal.

• As many as about 50,000 pages worth ofimages have been formed (in terms ofA4) without disposing of the waste tonerafter a waste toner case full condition(message indicated) has been identified.

• The absence of toner inside thedeveloping assembly has been detectedfor 2 min or more after supplying thedeveloping assembly with toner.

• An overcurrent to the cartridge insidetoner feeder motor (M6) has beendetected twice for 10 sec each by the DCcontroller PCB. (In response to the firstdetection, the copier will indicate "Shakethe Toner Case.")

• The total copy counter is identified ashaving an open circuit when it is driven.

• The options counter is identified ashaving an open circuit when it is driven.

• The Copy Data Counter-A1 or theRemoto Diagnostic Device II counterfunction fails to operate.

• The Copy Data Controller-A1 or theRemoto Diagnostic Device II isdisconnected.

E012

E010

E013

E014

E015

E019

E020

E025

E030

E031

E032

Page 210: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

5-3

SELF DIAGNOSIS

Code Cause

• The deck main motor (M101) is faulty.• The side deck driver PCB is faulty.• The DC controller PCB is faulty.

• The horizontal registration sensor(PS18) is faulty.

• The horizontal registration motor (M15)is faulty.

• The DC controller PCB is faulty.• The manual tray cover open/closed

detecing switch (MSW5) is faulty.

• The primary charging wire cleanermotor (M8) is faulty.

• The primary charging wire cleanerhome position detecting switch(MSW4) is faulty.

• The DC controller PCB is faulty.

• The transfer/separation charging wirecleaner motor (M9) is faulty.

• The transfer/separation charging wirecleaner home position detecting switch(MSW6) is faulty.

• The DC controller PCB is faulty.

• The primary charging assembly is faulty.• The HV-DC PCB is faulty.• The wiring is faulty (short circuit, open

circuit).

• The pre-transfer charging wire cleanermotor (M7) is faulty.

• The pre-transfer charging wire cleanerhome position detecting switch(MSW3) is faulty.

• The DC controller PCB is faulty.

• The HV-DC PCB is faulty.• The HV-AC PCB is faulty.• The wiring is faulty (short circuit, open

circuit).

• The HV-DC PCB is faulty.• The HV-AC PCB is faulty.• The separation charging assembly is

faulty.• The wiring is faulty (short circuit, open

circuit).

• The HV-DC PCB is faulty.• The transfer charging assembly is faulty.• The wiring is faulty (short circuit, open

circuit).

Description

• No PLL lock signal (DMPLK) arrivesfor 2 sec or more after the input of thePLL lock signal (DMPLK).

• The home position signal is not detectedin 5 sec while the horizontal registrationmotor (M15) drive signal is beinggenerated.

• The home position is not detected within60 sec after wire cleaning has beenstarted.

• The home position is not detected within60 sec after wire cleaning has beenstarted.

• The high-voltage to the primary chargingassembly is faulty (leakage).

• The home position cannot be detectedwithin 60 sec after wire cleaning hasbeen started.

• Of the primary high-voltage, pre-transferhigh-voltage, transfer high-voltage, andseparation high-voltage, a fault is foundin two or more at the same time.

• The high-voltage output to the separationcharging assembly has a fault (leakage).

• The high-voltage to the transfer chargingassembly has a fault (leakage).

E051

E043

E060

E063

E065

E066

E067

E068

E069

Page 211: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

SELF DIAGNOSIS

5-4

Code Cause

• The BD PCB is faulty.• The image processor PCB is faulty.• The DC controller PCB is faulty.• The laser unit is faulty.• The laser driver PCB 1 is faulty.• The laser driver PCB 2 is faulty.• The wiring is faulty (short circuit, open

circuit).

• The image processor PCB is faulty.• The laser driver PCB 1 is faulty.• The wiring is faulty (short circuit, open

circuit).

• The laser scanner motor (M4) is faulty.• The laser scanner driver is faulty.• The DC controller PCB is faulty.• The wiring is faulty (short circuit, open

circuit).

• The laser scanner motor (M4) is faulty.• The DC controller PCB is faulty• The wiring is faulty (short circuit, open

circuit).

• The laser driver cooling fan (FM5) isfaulty.

• The DC controller PCB is faulty.• The wiring is faulty (short circuit, open

circuit).

• The scanner motor (M5) is faulty.• The scanner home position sensor (PS1)

is faulty.• The DC controller PCB is faulty.

• The scanner motor (M5) is faulty.• The image leading edge sensor (PS3) is

faulty.• The DC controller PCB is faulty.

• The fluorescent lamp heater insidethermistor is faulty.

• The light intensity control PCB is faulty.• The DC controller PCB is faulty.• The wiring is faulty (short circuit, open

circuit).

• The fluorescent lamp heater insidethermistor is faulty.

• The light intensity control PCB is faulty.• The DC controller PCB is faulty.• The wiring is faulty (short circuit, open

circuit).

Description

• The BD signal does not arrive within 1sec after the output of the laser drivesignal.

• The BD signal does not arrive for 1 secor more while the laser is on.

• The laser power data cannot be writtento the laser driver PCB 1 when startingcopying or printing operation.

• The constant speed rotation signal (LM-RDY) does not arrive for 15 sec or moreafter the output of the laser scannermotor (M4) drive signal.

• The lock signal (FM14LCK) is detectedfor 5 sec or more while the laser scannerfan (FM14) is being driven.

• The lock signal (FM5LCK) is detectedfor 5 sec or more while the laser drivercooling fan (FM5) is being driven.

• The scanner home position is notdetected within a specific period of timewhen the power switch or the Copy Startkey is pressed.

• No image signal is detected while thescanner is moving forward in fixedreading mode or when the home positionis being detected.

• No image signal arrives from the ADFwhile in stream reading mode.

• The temperature around the fluorescentlamp does not exceed 10°C 2 sec afterthe fluorescent lamp heater has turned onat power-on.

• The temperature around the fluorescentlamp is 0°C or less at power-on.

• The temperature around the fluorescentamp is 170°C or more when thefluorescent lamp is off.

E100

E102

E110

E111

E121

(E202)No code. Keysdisabled.(Note 2)

(E204)No code. Keysdisabled.(Note 2)

E211

E215

Page 212: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

5-5

SELF DIAGNOSIS

Code Cause

• The fluorescent lamp is mountedwrongly.

• The fluorescent lamp is faulty.• The fluorescent lamp heater inside

thermistor is faulty.

• The fluorescent lamp is faulty.• The light intensity sensor is faulty.• The intensity control PCB is faulty.• The inverter PCB is faulty.• The DC controller PCB is faulty.

• The fluorescent lamp is faulty.• The light intensity control PCB is

faulty.• The DC controller PCB is faulty.• The wiring is faulty (short circuit, open

circuit).

• The scanner cooling fan (FM3) is faulty.• The DC controller PCB is faulty.• The wiring is faulty (short circuit, open

circuit).

• The DC controller PCB is faulty.

• The image processor PCB is faulty.• The original orientation detection PCB

is faulty.

• The DC controller PCB is faulty.• The control panel PCB is faulty.

• The inverter cooling fan (FM9) is faulty.• The DC controller PCB is faulty.• The wiring is faulty (short circuit, open

circuit).

Description

• The absence of the fluorescent lamp isdetected at power-on.

• The temperature around the fluorescentlamp is 170°C or more while thefluorescent lamp is on.

• The light intensity does not reach aspecific level within 10 sec after thefluorescent lamp has been turned on.

• The activation detection signal (FL-DTCT) arrives within 5 sec after thefluorescent lamp has been turned off.

• The activation detection signal (FL-DTCT) does not arrive within 60 secafter the fluorescent lamp has beenturned on during shading adjustment.

• The light intensity does not reach aspecific level within 10 sec after thefluorescent lamp has been turned on.(However, within 60 sec if the roomtemperature is 10°C or less.)

• The activation signal is not turned off 5sec after the fluorescent lamp has beenturned off.

• The activation signal does not arrive with60 sec after the fluorescent lamp hasbeen turned on during shadingadjustment.

• The lock signal (FM3LCK) is detectedfor 5 sec or more while the scannercooling fan (FM3) is being driven.

• An error in communication occurs in themicroprocessor on the DC controllerPCB.

• The orientation of the original is notidentified when the second or subsequentoriginal must be read.

• The orientation of the last original is notdetected 5 sec or more after the lastoriginal has been read.

• A communication error has occurredbetween the microprocessor on the DCcontroller PCB and the microprocessoron the control panel PCB.

• The lock detection signal (FM9LCK) isgenerated 5 sec or more while theinverter cooling fan (FM9) is beingdriven.

E218

E219

E220

E222

E226

E240

E241

E243

E251

Page 213: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

SELF DIAGNOSIS

5-6

Cause

• The CCD PCB is faulty.• The image processor PCB is faulty.• The wiring is faulty (short circuit, open

circuit).

• The CCD PCB is faulty.• The image processor PCB is faulty.• The wiring is faulty (short circuit, open

circuit).

• The image processor PCB is faulty.• The MFC PCB is faulty.• The wiring is faulty (short circuit, open

circuit).• The image server (hard disk) is faulty.

• The image processor PCB is faulty.• The MFC PCB is faulty.• The wiring is faulty (short circuit, open

circuit).• The image server (hard disk) is faulty.

• A printer board (accessory) is faulty.• The MFC PCB is faulty.• The system motherboard is faulty.

• The DC controller PCB is faulty.• The ADF controller PCB is faulty.• The finisher controller PCB is faulty.

• The DC controller PCB is faulty.• The ADF controller PCB is faulty.• The finisher controller PCB is faulty.

• The ADF controller PCB is faulty.• The connector has poor contact.• The 24-V power supply is faulty.• The DC controller PCB is faulty.

• The finisher controller PCB is faulty.• The connector has poor contact.• The 24-V power supply is faulty.• The DC controller PCB is faulty.

• The Copy Data Controller-A1 or theRemoto Diagnostic Device II is faulty.

• The wiring is faulty (short circuit, opencircuit).

Description

• The shading end signal from the CCDPCB does not reach the image processorPCB during shading operation.

• The image read end signal from the CCDPCB does not reach the image processorPCB within 60 sec during image readingoperation.

• The MFC PCB has detected an error incontrol data during image transferbetween the MFC PCB and the imageserver.

• The image processor PCB has detected anerror in image transfer between the MFCPCB and the image processor PCB.

• An error has been detected in the imagedata when the image processor PCBwrites to or reads from the image server.

• An error has occurred in thecommunication between a printer board(accessory) and the MFC PCB.

• The IPC (IC12) on the DC controllerPCB cannot be initialized at power-on.

• The IPC (IC12) on the DC controllerPCB is out of order at power-on.

• The communication control IC on theADF controller PCB is out of order.

• The communication control IC on thefinisher controller PCB is out of order.

• The PC of the Copy Data Controller-A1or the Remoto Diagnostic Device II isout of order.

Code

E302

E320

E601

E602

E677

E710

E711

E713

E712

E717(NOTE 1)

Page 214: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

5-7

SELF DIAGNOSIS

Code Cause

• The auto power-off circuit has an opencircuit.

• The DC controller PCB is faulty.

• The power supply cooling fan (1 and 2)is faulty.

• The DC controller PCB is faulty.• The wiring is faulty (short circuit, open

circuit).

• The fixing assembly heat discharge fan(FM2) is faulty.

• The DC controller PCB is faulty.• The wiring is faulty (shorting, open

circuit).

• The drum fan (FM8) is faulty.• The DC controller PCB is faulty.• The wiring is faulty (short circuit, open

circuit).

• The pre-transfer charging assembly fan(FM10) is faulty.

• The DC controller PCB is faulty.• The wiring is faulty (short circuit, open

circuit).

• The primary charging fan (FM1) isfaulty.

• The DC controller PCB is faulty.• The wiring is faulty (short circuit, open

circuit).

• The separation fan (FM13) is faulty.• The DC controller PCB is faulty.• The wiring is faulty (short circuit, open

circuit).

Description

• The auto power-off circuit has an opencircuit.

• The auto power-off signal has beendetected twice or more within 2 sec.

• The lock signal (FM1LCK, FM2LCK) isdetected for 5 sec or more while thepower supply cooling fan (1 and 2) isbeing driven.

• The lock signal (FM2LCK) has beendetected 5 sec or more while the fixingassembly heat discharge fan (FM2) isbeing driven.

• The lock signal (FM8LCK) has beendetected for 5 sec or more while thedrum fan (FM8) is being driven.

• The lock signal (FM10LCK) is detectedfor 5 sec or more while the pre-transfercharging assembly fan (FM10) is beingdriven.

• The lock signal (FM1LCK) is detectedfor 5 sec or more while the primarycharging assembly fan (FM1) is beingdriven.

• The lock signal (FM13LCK) is detectedfor 5 sec or more while the separationfan (FM13) is being driven.

E800

E804

E820

E823

E824

E830

E805

Page 215: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

SELF DIAGNOSIS

5-8

Notes:1. When the self diagnostic mechanism has turned on, you can reset the copier by turning on

its power switch once. This, however, is not true of E000, E001, E002, E003, E004, E005,E013, E020 or E717. (Otherwise, the user could reset the copier while a thermistor mayhave an open circuit, causing the fixing roller to suffer thermal damage or toner inside thehopper to overflow; this consideration, however, dose not apply to E717)If the error is E000 through E003, the power switch will turn off automatically in about 20sec if you turn it on without resetting. In the case of E004, on the other hand, the powerswitch will turn off in about 5 sec after E000 is indicated if you turn on the power switchwithout resetting.You will have to initialize the RAM on the DC controller PCB if E000, E001, E002, E003,E004, E005, E013, E020, or E717 is indicated.Resetting the Copier1) Execute COPIER>FUNCTION>CLEAR>ERR in service mode.2) Press the Reset key twice to return to the Copy Mode screen.3) Turn off and then on the main power switch.

2. For E202, and E204, you can check codes in service mode (COPIER>DISPLAY>ERR).In the case of E202 or E204, the control panel will show the following:

Figure 5-101

3. E677• If it occurred when the main power is turned on,

The problem is likely to be a hardware problem. ‘E677’ also occurs when the power switchis turned off and then on too quickly, because of the difference in timing at which the mainbody and the printer board are initialized. (Be sure to wait for 5 sec or more before turningon the power after turning it off.)

• If it occurred during operation,If it occurred during printing operation and is corrected when the job is canceled and thepower switch is turned off and then on, the problem is likely to be an excess load on theCPU.If an excess load is imposed on the CPU on the printer board, as when a large amount ofprint data is processed while a large amount of data is received from the network, ‘E677’can occur, although rare.If this is the problem, cancel all print jobs, and turn off and then on the main power switch;advise the user to send print data in single units.

1 2 3

4 5 6

7 8 9

0 CID

ON/OFFCOPY A MAIL BOX OPTIONS

1 2 3

4 5 6

7 8 9

0

Copying ErrorCOPY B

Copying Error Data DataError Error

CID

Glows redEach switch will be dimmed(not accepting input).

Glows orange

Please wait a moment.

Please wait a moment.

Page 216: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

5-9

SELF DIAGNOSIS

B. ADF Self Diagnosis

Code Cause

• The communication cable between themachine and the copier is faulty.

• The ADF controller PCB is faulty.

• The belt motor (M2) is faulty.• The belt motor clock sensor (PI1) is

faulty.• The ADF controller PCB is faulty.

• The delivery motor (M5) is faulty.• The delivery motor clock sensor (PI11)

is faulty.• The ADF controller PCB is faulty.

• The separation motor (M4) is faulty.• The separation motor clock sensor (PI2)

is faulty.• The ADF controller PCB is faulty.

• The pickup motor (M3) is faulty.• The pickup roller height sensor 1 (PI8)

is faulty.• The pickup roller height sensor 2 (PI9)

is faulty.• The pickup roller home position sensor

(PI7) is faulty.• The ADF controller PCB is faulty.

• The back-up data cannot be read, or thedata which has been read has an error.

Description

• The communication between the machineand the copier is disrupted for 5 sec ormore while the machine is in standby.

• The communication between the machineand the copier is disrupted for 0.5 sec ormore while the ADF is in operation.

• No clock signal is generated for 100msec while the belt motor drive signal isbeing generated.

• No clock signal is generated for 200msec while the delivery motor drivesignal is being generated.

• No lock signal is generated for 200 msecwhile the separation motor drive signal isbeing generated.

• The pickup roller height sensor 1 (PI8)or 2 (PI9) does not generate a signalwithin 2 sec after the pickup motor hasbeen driven.

• The pickup roller home position sensor(PI7) does not generate a signal within 2sec after the pickup motor has beendriven.

• The back-up data cannot be read (twice)when the copier is turned on, or the datawhich has been read contains an error.

E400

E402

E404

E405

E410

E420

Caution:If the self-diagnosis mechanism has turned on, you can reset the copier by turning off thepower switch once.You may continue to make copies when the ADF is out of order: disconnect the lattice con-nector on the ADF side, open the ADF, and place an original on the copyboard glass.

Page 217: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

SELF DIAGNOSIS

5-10

C. Finisher-D1 Self Diagnosis

Code Cause

• The data communication has an error.

• The backup RAM (EEPROM) is faulty.

• The inlet motor (M1) is faulty.

• The stack delivery motor (M7) is faulty.• The stack delivery motor clock sensor

(PI12) is faulty.

• The front jogging plate motor (M4) isfaulty.

• The front jogging plate home positionsensor (PI7) is faulty.

• The rear jogging plate motor (M5) isfaulty.

• The rear jogging plate home positionsensor (PI9) is faulty.

• The stapler motor (M11) is faulty.• The stapler home position detecting

sensor (PI9) is faulty.• The swing guide safety switch (MSW2)

is faulty• The stapler safety switch (front; MSW8)

is faulty.• The stapler safety switch (rear; MSW9)

is faulty.

Description

• The communication between the copierand the machine has been interrupted and,in addition, is not corrected after 5 secduring which re-transmission was tried.

• After the above condition, a recoveryattempt has been tried three times in 5sec.

• The communication between the masterCPU (IC101) and the slave CPU (IC121)has been disrupted.

• The check sum has an error at power-on.

• The clock pulses from the inlet motorare 50 mm/sec or less for 1 sec or morewhile the motor is in operation.

• The clock pulses from the stack deliverymotor clock sensor are 50 mm/sec orless for 1 sec or more while the motor isin operation.

• The front jogging plate does not leavethe front jogging plate home positionsensor when the front jogging platemotor has been driven for 4 sec.

• The front jogging plate does not return tothe front jogging plate home positionsensor after the front jogging plate motorhas been driven for 4 sec.

• The rear jogging plate does not leave therear jogging plate home position sensorwhen the rear jogging plate motor hasbeen driven for 4 sec.

• The rear jogging plate does not return tothe rear jogging plate home positionsensor after the rear jogging plate motorhas been driven for 4 sec.

• The stapler does not leave the staplerhome position after the stapler motor hasbeen driven for 0.5 sec.

• The stapler does not return to the staplerhome position when the stapler motorhas been driven for 0.5 sec.

E500

E501

E505

E514

E510

E537

E530

E531

Page 218: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

5-11

SELF DIAGNOSIS

Code Cause

• The stapler shift motor (M10) is faulty.• The stapler shift home position sensor

(PI7) is faulty.• The swing guide safety switch (MSW2)

is faulty• The stapler safety switch (front;

MSW8) is faulty.• The stapler safety switch (rear; MSW9)

is faulty.

• The swing motor (M8) is faulty.• The swing guide open sensor (PI16) is

faulty.

• The swing motor (M8) is faulty.• The swing guide closed sensor (P15) is

faulty.

• The tray B lift motor (M12) is faulty.• The tray B lock sensor (PI23) is faulty.• The tray B lower limit sensor (PI24) is

faulty.• The tray B upper position sensor (PI20)

is faulty.• The tray lower position sensor (PI21) is

faulty.

• The power supply fan (FM1) is faulty.

• The paddle motor (M9) is faulty.• The paddle home position sensor (PI14)

is faulty.

• The tray auxiliary plate motor (M6) isfaulty.

• The tray auxiliary plate retractionsensor (PI11) is faulty.

Description

• The stapler shift home position sensordoes not turn off when the stapler shiftmotor has been driven for 4 sec.

• The stapler shift home position is notdetected when the stapler shift motor hasbeen driven for 4 sec.

• The swing guide closed sensor does notdetect the swing guide when the swingmotor has been driven for 2 sec. (detailcode FF)

• The swing guide closed sensor does notdetect the swing guide when the swingmotor has been driven for 2 sec. (detailcode 01)

• The lifter operation does not end within25 sec after the tray lift motor has beendriven.

• The clock pulses from the tray idlerotation sensor are absent for 250 msecor more while the motor is rotating.

• The input from the tray B upper positionsensor (PI20) is '0' at power-on (i.e., thetray B is above the tray paper sensorPCB).

• The power supply fan is at rest for 2 sec.

• The paddle home position sensor doesnot detect the paddle for 5 sec after themotor has been started.

• The tray auxiliary plate retraction sensordoes not turn on within 2 sec after themotor has been started when the trayauxiliary plate is being retracted.

! Resetting the Machine• If the copier is making copies,

[1] The copier indicates an error code and the message "Turn On the Power Once Again."[2] After the jam reset mechanism has been activated, the copier runs a self check: if the result is

good, the machine is reset; if not good, the machine enters down state* (indicated on thecopier's control panel as "E5XX").

• If the copier is not making copies,[1] The copier indicates an error code and the message "Turn On the Power Once Again."[2] When the power has been turned off and then on, the copier runs a self check: if the result is

good, the machine is reset; if not good, the machine enters down state* (indicated on thecopier's control panel as "E5XX").

*State in which "E" is indicated.

E535

E542

E551

E577

E583

E532

Page 219: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

SELF DIAGNOSIS

5-12

D. Saddle Finisher-D2 Self Diagnosis

1. Finisher

Code

E505

E503

E514

E501

E510

E500

E537

Item

• Back-up RAM (EEP-ROM)

• Data communication error (with the saddle stitcher)

• Data communication error (with the slave CPU)

• Stack delivery motor (M7)• Stack delivery motor clock

sensor (PI12)

• Inlet motor (M1)

• Data communication error (with the copier)

• Front jogging plate motor (M4)

• Front jogging plate home position sensor (PI7)

Description

• The check sum has a fault at power-on.

• Communications with the saddle stitcher has been disrupted.

• While the motor is in operation, the clock pulses from the stack delivery motor clock sensor is under an equivalent of 50 mm/sec for 1 sec or more.

• The communication between the master CPU (IC101) and slave CPU (IC121) stops.

• While the motor is in operation, the clock pulses from the inlet motor are under an equivalent of 50 mm/sec for 1 sec or more.

• The communication between the copier and the finisher stops, and does not return to normal after a retry for 5 sec.

• In addition to the above condition, a retry has been made three times in 5 sec.

• The front jogging plate does not leave the front jogging plate home position sensor when the front jogging plate motor has been driven for 4 sec.

• The front jogging plate does not return to the front jogging plate home position sensor when the front jogging plate motor has been driven for 4 sec.

Page 220: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

5-13

SELF DIAGNOSIS

Code

E535

E532

E540

E531

E530

E542

Item

• Swing motor (M8)• Swing guide open sensor

(PI16)

• Staple shift motor (M10)• Stapler shift home position

sensor (PI7)

• Tray A lifting motor (M13)• Tray A lock sensor (PI25)• Tray A upper position

sensor (PI28)• Tray A lower position

sensor (PI27)

• Swing motor (M8)• Swing guide closed sensor

(PI15)

• Rear jogging plate motor (M5)

• Rear jogging plate home position sensor (PI9)

• Stapler motor (M6)• Staple home position

detecting switch (MS7)

• Tray B lift motor (M12)• Tray B locked sensor (PI23)• Tray B lower limit sensor

(PI24)• Tray B upper position

sensor (PI20)• Tray lower position sensor

(PI21)

Description

• The swing guide closed sensor does not detect the swing guide when the swing motor has been rotated for 2 sec. (detail code FF)

• The stapler shift home position sensor does not turn off when the stapler shift motor has been driven for 4 sec.

• The stapler shift home position cannot be detected when the stapler shift motor has been driven for 4 sec.

• When the tray lifting motor is run, lifting is not completed within 25 seconds.

• Clock input from the tray idling sensor has been interrupted for 250 ms during motor rotation.

• Tray A is positioned below the tray B area.

• The stapler does not leave the stapling home position when the stapler motor has been driven for 0.5 sec or more.

• The stapler does not return to the stapling home position when the stapler motor has been driven for 0.5 sec.

• The swing guide closed sensor does not detect the swing guide when the swing motor has been rotated for 2 sec. (detail code 01)

• The rear jogging plate does not leave the rear jogging plate home position sensor when the rear jogging plate motor has been driven for 4 sec.

• The rear jogging plate does not return to the rear jogging plate home position sensor when the rear jogging plate motor has been driven for 4 sec.

• The upward movement does not end within 25 sec when the tray lift motor has been driven.

• The clock pulses from the tray idle rotation sensor while the motor is rotating stop for 250 msec.

• The input from the tray B position sensor (PI20) is 0 at power-on. (Tray B is above the tray paper sensor PCB.)

E551 • Power supply fan (FM1)• Punch fan (FM2)

• An outage of the power fan for 2 seconds or longer has been detected (detail code 01).

• An outage of the punch fan for 2 seconds or longer has been detected (detail code 02).

Page 221: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

SELF DIAGNOSIS

5-14

Code

E590

E593

E585

E594

E583

E577

E595

Item

• Punch rotation motor (M18)

• Punch rotation home position sensor (PI44)

• Paddle motor (M9)• Shutter home position

sensor (PI13)

• Punch paper edge sensor home position sensor (PI45)

• Punch sensor shift motor (M19)

• Punch registration motor (M17)

• Punch side registration home position sensor (PI46)

• Paddle motor (M9)• Paddle home position

sensor (PI14)

• Tray auxiliary plate motor (M6)

• Tray auxiliary plate housing sensor (PI11)

• Punch waste feed motor (M16)

• Punch waste feed sensor (PI54)

Description

• The punch rotation home position sensor does not detect the punch rotation home position when the punch rotation motor has been driven for 0.4 seconds or longer.

• The punch rotation home position sensor does not turn off when the punch rotation motor has been driven for 1 second or longer while the punch rotation home position is detected.

• The shutter home position sensor does not turn on when the paddle motor has been driven for 5 seconds (for returning to the home position).

• The punch paper edge sensor home position sensor does not detect the home position when the punch sensor shift motor has been driven for 5 seconds or longer.

• The punch paper edge sensor home position sensor does not turn off when the punch sensor shift motor has been driven for 5 seconds or longer while the punch paper edge sensor home position is detected.

• The tray auxiliary plate housing sensor does not turn on when the tray auxiliary plate motor has been driven for 2 seconds.

• The punch side registration home position sensor does not detect the home position when the punch registration motor has been driven for 5 seconds or longer.

• The punch side registration home position sensor does not turn off when the punch registration motor has been driven for 5 seconds or longer while the punch side registration home position is detected.

• The paddle home position sensor does not detect the paddle when the paddle motor has been driven for 5 seconds.

• The punch waste feed sensor remains unchanged in its output when the punch waste feed motor has been driven for 2 seconds or longer.

Page 222: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

5-15

SELF DIAGNOSIS

Code

E5F3

E5F2

E5F4

E5F1

E5F0

E5F5

ItemDetail code

01

01

02

01

02

01

02

01

01

Detection

• The jogging home position sensor does not turn on when the jogging motor has been driven for 0.5 second or longer.

• The guide home position sensor does not turn on when the guide motor has been driven for 0.4 second or longer.

• The guide home position sensor does not turn off when the guide motor has been driven for 1 second or longer.

• The stitching home position switch does not turn off when the stitch motor (rear) has been driven forward for 0.5 second or longer.

02 • The stitching home position sensor does not turn on when the stitching motor (rear) has been driven reverse for 0.5 second or longer upon jam recovery.

• The count of pulses detected by the folding motor clock sensor has fallen to a predetermined level or lower.

• The jogging home position sensor does not turn off when the jogging motor has been driven for 1 second or longer.

• The paper positioning plate home position sensor does not turn on when the paper positioning plate motor has been driven for 1.25 seconds or longer.

• The paper positioning plate home position sensor does not turn off when the paper positioning plate motor has been driven for 1 second or longer.

• The stitch home position switch does not turn off when the stitch motor (front) has been driven forward for 0.5 second or longer.

02 • The stitch home position sensor does not turn on when the stitch motor (front) has been driven in reverse for 0.5 second or longer upon jam recovery.

E5F6 01

• Jogging motor (M35)

• Jogging plate home position sensor (PI65)

• Guide motor (M33)

• Guide home position sensor (PI73)

• Stitch motor (rear, M36)

• Stitch home position switch (rear, MS32)

• Paper positioning plate motor (M34)

• Paper positioning plate home position sensor (PI66)

• Folding motor (M32)

• Folding motor clock sensor (PI64)

• Stitch motor (front, M37)

• Stitch home position switch (front, MS34)

• Paper pressure plate motor (M38)

• Paper pressure plate home position sensor (PI74)

• The paper pressure plate home position sensor does not turn on when the paper pressure plate motor has been driven for 0.3 second or longer during movement to the paper pressure plate home position.

02 • The paper pressure plate home position sensor does not turn off when the paper pressure plate motor has been driven for 0.3 second or longer during movement to the paper pressure plate top position.

2. Saddle Stitcher

Page 223: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

SELF DIAGNOSIS

5-16

Code

E5F7

E5F6

ItemDetail code

01

02

05

Description

• The saddle tray home position sensor does not turn on when the saddle tray motor has been driven for 8 seconds or longer.

• The saddle tray home position sensor does not turn off when the saddle tray motor has been driven for 1 second or longer.

• The paper pressure top position sensor does not turn on when the paper pressure plate motor has been driven for 0.3 second or longer after the paper pressure plate home position sensor turned off.

E5F8 01

• Saddle tray motor (M20)

• Saddle tray home position sensor (PI49)

• Paper pressure plate motor (M38)

• Paper pressure plate top position sensor (PI75)

• Guide home position sensor (PI73) connector

• Paper pressure plate home position sensor (PI74) connector

• The state of guide home position sensor connector disconnection is detected.

02 • The state of paper pressure plate home position sensor connector disconnection is detected.

• Paper pressure plate top position sensor (PI75) connector

03 • The state of paper pressure plate top position sensor connector disconnection is detected.

• Paper pressure plate motor (M38)

• Paper pressure plate top position sensor (PI75)

03 • The paper pressure top position sensor does not turn off when the paper pressure plate motor has been driven for 0.3 second or longer during movement from the paper pressure plate top position to the home position.

• Paper pressure plate motor (M38)

• Paper pressure plate motor clock sensor (PI61)

04 • The count of pulses detected by the paper pressure plate motor clock sensor has fallen to a predetermined level or lower.

3. Folder

Code

E518

Item

• Folder motor (M14)

Detection

• Clock input from the folding motor has fallen to a predetermined level or lower during folder motor rotation.

Page 224: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

5-17

SELF DIAGNOSIS

Code

E515

Item

• Inserter motor clock sensor (PI42)

• Inserter motor (M15)

Detection

• Clock input from the inserter motor clock sensor has fallen to a predetermined level or lower during inserter motor rotation.

4. Inserter

Page 225: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

A-1

APPENDIX

A . GENERAL TIMING CHART

Copy Start key ON

Setting original in ADF

Forming 2nd sheet image

Scanner homeposition sensor (PS1)

Image leading edge sensor(PS3)

Scanning lamp (FL1)

Scanner motor (M5)

Pre-exposure lamp

Developing bias (DC)

Developing bias (AC)

Pre-transfer charging (DC)

Pre-transfer charging (AC)

Transfer charging

Separation charging

Fixing main heater (H1)

Fixing sub heater (H2)

Primary charging

Grid bias

Pickup motor (M2)

Right deck pickup clutch(CL10)

Right deck pickup solenoid(SL7)

Right deck paper sensor(PS22)

Vertical path 1 paper sensor(PS47)

Registration paper sensor(PS5)

Internal delivery sensor(PS9)

External delivery sensor(PS10)

Delivery speedswitching clutch (CL21)

Registration brake clutch(CL3)

Fixing inlet guide solenoid(SL1)

Developing clutch (CL4)

Pre-registration clutch (CL5)

Registration clutch (CL2)

Pre-registration brake clutch(CL 6)

Vertical path 1 clutch (CL8)

Drum motor (M0)

Main motor (M1)

Fixing motor (M3)

Delivery flapper solenoid(SL3)

Fixing web solenoid (SL2)

Duplexing reversal motor(M11)

Duplexing feeder motor(M12)

Horizontal registration motor(M15)

Duplexing reversal sensor(PS12)

Lower feeding middle clutch(CL16)

Lower feeding right clutch(CL17)

Reversing flapper solenoid(SL11)

Total copy counter (CNT1)

Laser scanner motor (M4)

Laser

Picking up 1st sheet Picking up 2nd sheet /Forming 1st sheet image

A4, 2 Originals, Single-Sided Copy

Page 226: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

A-2

Copy Start key ON Copying on 2nd sheet back

Setting original in ADF

A4, 4 Originals, Double-Sided Copy

Picking 1st sheet Picking up 2nd sheet Copying on 1st sheet face Copying on 2nd sheet face Copying on 1st sheet back

Scanner homeposition sensor (PS1)

Image leading edge sensor(PS3)

Scanning lamp (FL1)

Scanner motor (M5)

Pre-exposure lamp

Developing bias (DC)

Developing bias (AC)

Pre-transfer charging (DC)

Pre-transfer charging (AC)

Transfer charging

Separation charging

Fixing main heater (H1)

Fixing sub heater (H2)

Primary charging

Grid bias

Pickup motor (M2)

Right deck pickup clutch(CL10)

Right deck pickup solenoid(SL7)

Right deck paper sensor(PS22)

Vertical path 1 paper sensor(PS47)

Registration paper sensor(PS5)

Internal delivery sensor(PS9)

External delivery sensor(PS10)

Delivery speedswitching clutch (CL21)

Registration brake clutch(CL3)

Fixing inlet guide solenoid(SL1)

Developing clutch (CL4)

Pre-registration clutch (CL5)

Registration clutch (CL2)

Pre-registration brake clutch(CL 6)

Vertical path 1 clutch (CL8)

Drum motor (M0)

Main motor (M1)

Fixing motor (M3)

Delivery flapper solenoid(SL3)

Fixing web solenoid (SL2)

Duplexing reversal motor(M11)

Duplexing feeder motor(M12)

Horizontal registration motor(M15)

Duplexing reversal sensor(PS12)

Lower feeding middle clutch(CL16)

Lower feeding right clutch(CL17)

Reversing flapper solenoid(SL11)

Total copy counter (CNT1)

Laser scanner motor (M4)

Laser

Page 227: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

A-3

APPENDIX

B. LIST OF SIGNALS/ABBREVIATIONS

The following is a list of the signals and abbreviations used in this chapter and the circuitdiagrams.

Reference:The abbreviations in parentheses are electrical signals, but are analog signals, which cannotbe expressed in terms of '1' or '0'. Others are digital signals, which may be expressed in termsof '1' or '0'.

hopper inside magnet roll clutch drive command

registration roller clutch drive command

registration roller brake clutch drive command

developing clutch drive command

pre-registration roller clutch drive command

pre-registration roller brake clutch command

multifeeder pickup clutch drive command

vertical path 1 roller clutch drive command

vertical path 2 roller clutch drive command

deck (right) pickup clutch drive command

deck (left) pickup clutch drive command

cassette 3 pickup clutch drive command

vertical path 3 roller clutch drive command

cassette 4 pickup clutch drive command

vertical path 4 roller clutch drive command

lower feeding middle roller clutch drive command

lower feeding right roller clutch drive command

multifeeder feeding roller clutch drive command

deck (left) feeding roller drive command

delivery speed switching clutch drive command

total copy counter drive command

options counter drive command

count selection signal 0

count selection signal 1

print counter drive command

duplexing feeder motor phase-A excitation signal

duplexing feeder motor phase-B excitation signal

duplexing feeder motor drive command

CL1-ON

CL2-ON

CL3-ON

CL4-ON

CL5-ON

CL6-ON

CL7-ON

CL8-ON

CL9-ON

CL10-ON

CL11-ON

CL12-ON

CL13-ON

CL14-ON

CL15-ON

CL16-ON

CL17-ON

CL18-ON

CL19-ON

CL21-ON

CNT1D

CNT2D

CNT2-B0

CNT2-B1

CNT3D

DUPF-A

DUPF-B

DUPF-OFF

Page 228: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

A-4

APPENDIX

duplexing reversal motor phase-A excitation signal

duplexing reversal motor phase-B excitation signal

duplexing reversal motor drive command

scanning lamp light intensity correction signal

scanning lamp light intensity reference signal

fluorescent lamp heater temperature detection signal

primary charging assembly fan constant speed rotation detection signal

primary charging assembly fan drive command

fixing assembly heat discharge fan constant speed rotation detection signal

fixing assembly heat discharge fan drive command

scanner cooling fan constant speed rotation detection signal

scanner cooling fan drive command

stream reading fan constant speed rotation detection signal

stream reading fan drive command

laser driver cooling fan constant speed rotation detection signal

laser driver cooling fan drive command

de-curling fan constant speed rotation detection signal

de-curling fan drive command

feeding fan constant speed rotation detection signal

feeding fan drive command

drum fan constant speed rotation detection signal

drum fan drive command

inverter cooling fan constant speed rotation detection signal

inverter cooling fan drive command

pre-transfer charging assembly fan constant speed rotation detection signal

pre-transfer charging assembly fan drive command

power supply cooling fan 1 constant speed rotation detection signal

power supply cooling fan 1 drive command

power supply cooling fan 2 constant speed rotation detection signal

power supply cooling fan 2 drive command

separation fan contestant rotation detection signal

separation fan drive command

laser scanner fan constant speed rotation detection signal

laser scanner fan drive command

fluorescent lamp heater drive command

drum motor constant speed rotation detection signal

DUPI-A

DUPI-B

DUPI-OFF

FL-GAIN

FL-REF

FL-TH

FM1LCK

FM1-ON

FM2LCK

FM2-ON

FM3LCK

FM3-ON

FM4LCK

FM4-ON

FM5LCK

FM5-ON

FM6LCK

FM6-ON

FM7LCK

FM7-ON

FM8LCK

FM8-ON

FM9LCK

FM9-ON

FM10LCK

FM10-ON

FM11LCK

FM11-ON

FM12LCK

FM12-ON

FM13LCK

FM13-ON

FM14LCK

FM14-ON

HEAT-ON

MO-LCK

Page 229: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

A-5

APPENDIX

drum motor drive command

main motor rotation detection signal

main motor drive command

pickup motor rotation detection signal

pickup motor drive command

fixing motor constant speed rotation detection signal

fixing motor drive command

laser scanner motor high-speed rotation control signal

laser scanner motor constant speed rotation detection signal

laser scanner motor drive command

cartridge inside toner feeder motor power signal

cartridge inside toner feeder motor power signal

pre-transfer charging wire cleaning motor CW rotation control signal

pre-transfer charging wire cleaning motor CCW rotation control signal

primary charging wire cleaning motor CW rotation control signal

primary charging wire cleaning motor CCW rotation control signal

transfer/separation charging wire cleaning motor CW rotation control signal

transfer/separation charging wire cleaning motor CCW rotation control signal

deck (right) lifter motor drive command

deck (left) lifter motor drive command

cassette 3 lifter motor drive command

cassette 4 lifter motor drive command

hopper inside toner feeder motor power signal

hopper inside toner feeder motor power signal

fixing main heater power detection signal

fixing main heater drive command

toner cartridge detection signal

waste toner clogging detection signal

pre-transfer charging wire cleaning home position detection signal

primary charging wire cleaner home position detection signal

multifeeder cover open/closed detection signal

transfer/separation charging wire cleaner home position detection signal

front cover open/closed detection signal

fixing main thermistor temperature detection signal

pre-expose lamp drive command

drum potential control drive command

MO-ON

M1-FG

M1-ON

M2-FG

M2-ON

M3LCK

M3-ON

M4F/H

M4LCK

M4-ON

M6+

M6-

M7FW

M7RV

M8FW

M8RV

M9FW

M9RV

M13-ON

M14-ON

M16-ON

M17-ON

M18+

M18-

MHDTC

MH-ON

MSW1S

MSW2S

MSW3S

MSW4S

MSW5S

MSW6S

MSW7S

M-TEMP

PEXP

POT-ON

Page 230: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

A-6

APPENDIX

drum potential signal

scanner home position detection signal

image leading edge detection signal

copyboard cover open/closed detection signal

registration roller paper detection signal

fixing claw jam detection signal

fixing cleaning belt length detection signal

fixing cleaning belt length warning detection signal

internal delivery assembly paper detection signal

external delivery assembly paper detection signal

fixing/feeding unit outlet paper detection signal

duplexing reversal paper detecting signal

U-turn paper detection signal

pre-confluence paper detection signal

post-confluence paper detection signal

reversal paper detection signal

multifeeder paper detection signal

horizontal registration paper detection signal

waste toner case full detection signal

deck (right) pickup detection signal

deck (right) lifter detection signal

deck (right) paper detection signal

deck (right) open/closed detection signal

deck (right) limit detection signal

deck (left) pickup detection signal

deck (left) feeding paper detection signal

deck (right) feeding paper detection signal

fixing/feeding unit releasing lever detection signal

deck (left) lifter detection signal

deck (left) paper detection signal

deck (left) open/closed detection signal

deck (left) limit detection signal

manual feed paper detection signal

cassette 3 pickup detection signal

cassette 3 lifter detection signal

cassette 3 paper detection signal

POT-SG

PS1S

PS3S

PS4S

PS5S

PS6S

PS7S

PS8S

PS9S

PS10S

PS11S

PS12S

PS13S

PS14S

PS15S

PS16S

PS17S

PS18S

PS19S

PS20S

PS21S

PS22S

PS23S

PS24S

PS25S

PS26S

PS27S

PS28S

PS31S

PS32S

PS33S

PS34S

PS35S

PS37S

PS38S

PS39S

Page 231: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

A-7

APPENDIX

cassette 3 open/closed detection signal

vertical path 3 roller paper detection signal

cassette 4 pickup detection signal

cassette 4 lifter detection signal

cassette 4 paper detection signal

cassette 4 open/closed detection signal

vertical path 4 roller paper detection signal

vertical path 1 roller paper detection signal

lower right cover open/closed detection signal

vertical path 2 roller paper detection signal

deck (right) paper level medium detection signal

deck (right) paper level upper detection signal

deck (left) paper level medium detection signal

deck (left) paper level upper detection signal

multifeeder cover open/closed detection signal

copyboard glass detection signal

upper right cover open/closed detection signal

toner cartridge cover open/closed detection signal

fixing sub heater power detection signal

fixing sub heater drive signal

main power switch OFF signal

original size detection signal 1

original size detection signal 2

original size detection signal 3

original size detection signal 4

fixing inlet guide solenoid drive command

fixing cleaning belt solenoid drive command

delivery flapper solenoid drive command

fixing/feeding unit locking solenoid drive command

multifeeder pickup latch solenoid drive command

deck (right) pickup solenoid drive command

deck (left) pickup solenoid drive command

cassette 3 pickup solenoid drive command

cassette 4 pickup solenoid drive command

reversing flapper solenoid drive command

horizontal registration motor phase-A excitation signal

PS40S

PS41S

PS42S

PS43S

PS44S

PS45S

PS46S

PS47S

PS48S

PS49S

PS51S

PS52S

PS54S

PS55S

PS56S

PS57S

PS58S

PS59S

SHDTC

SH-ON

SHUT_OFF

SIZE1

SIZE2

SIZE3

SIZE4

SL1-ON

SL2-ON

SL3-ON

SL4-ON

SL6-ON

SL7-ON

SL8-ON

SL9-ON

SL10-ON

SL11-ON

SREGI-A

Page 232: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

A-8

APPENDIX

horizontal registration motor phase-B excitation signal

horizontal registration motor position retention signal

fixing sub thermistor temperature detection signal

cassette 3 paper length detection signal 0

cassette 3 paper length detection signal 1

cassette 4 paper length detection signal 0

cassette 4 paper length detection signal 1

multifeeder paper width detection signal

cassette 3 paper width detection signal

cassette 4 paper width detection signal

hopper inside toner detection signal

hopper inside toner lower limit detection signal

developing assembly inside toner detection signal

SREGI-B

SREGI-HOLD

S-TEMP

SV1-0

SV1-1

SV2-0

SV2-1

SVR1

SVR2

SVR3

TS1S

TS2S

TS3S

Page 233: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

A-9

MT6

OUTLET2

LF11 3

42

120/220-V model

COB2

FT25

FT22FT21 FT23 FT24

1 2 3 4

1 432

4321

1 32 4

65 7

65 7

13 246 57

J4F

J4M

J28F

J28M

J701 J7

J27F4321

J27M1 32 4

J5M1 32 4

1 2 3 4

J6M

J6F1 2 3 4

1 32 42 1

SH

UT

-OF

F-S

W

24V

J5F

SW1

1

3

5

2

4

6

1

2 2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

3 3

2

1

2

1

0 1

6

2

8

4

3 2 1

123

3

3

12

12

1 2 3 4

1 32 4

5

5

6

6

3

321

1 2

3

3

1 2

1 2

4

4

4 23 1

321 54 6 87 9 10 11

FT26 FT27 FT28

4 23 16 5

FT13 FT14 FT15 FT16

FT20FT19FT18FT17

COB1

FT12FT11FT10FT9

COB3

FT8FT7FL6FT5

FT4

FT3FT1

FT2

J25F J25M

J26F J26M J11M J11F

J22F

J15F

J15M

J13F

J13M

ELCB

4

1

6

3

52

FT51

FT52

FT53

J29F

RL2

FT54

24VU

0V

SW3

AC POWER UNIT1

AC POWER UNIT2

FT32

FT33

FT34

FT35 FT36

FT37

FT38

H1

H2

T P

J12F

J12M

J14F

J14M

J16F

J16M

J17F

J17M

FT40

FT39

FT42

FT41

SOL2 SOL1

H3

(standard with 100-V model)TH

HE

AT

ER

3

31 2

1 2 J18F

J18M

21 3

21 3

J19M

J19F

H4

21

21

J20M

J20F

MT5

J2602

31 2 4 5

1

1

J10F

J10M

2

2

RL1 100V:J2601-1120V:J2601-1230V:J2601-3

FT45

FT44

FT43

24VU 0VFT48

FT47

FT46

From relay PCB

FT29 FT30 FT31

7 8 6

SSR1

J154

2

3

J8M

1

2

3

J8F

1

44

2

J21F

1

1 2 3 4

5 6

3

1

4

2

FT41 FT42

( FROM J1723)

SW2J9

J2605 J2604

(J206) (J1722)

J2601

J24L

(J1723)

AC relay 2

From relay PCB

AC relay

From DC controller

Power supply for finisher

Powerplug

DC powersupply PCB

Fro

m D

C c

ontr

olle

r

Sub

hea

ter

Mai

n he

ater

Main Switch

Drum heater

Thermalswitch

Fixing unit

Drum heatercontrol PCB

Cassette heater

Power supply forpaper deck heater

To DCcontroller

Fromrelay PCB

From relay PCB

Heater driver PCB

Front coverswitch

General Circuit Diagram (1/7)Drum heater switch

C. GENERAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

Page 234: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

A-10

1 2 3 4J1701 5 J1702 1 32 J1703 21 3 54 6 J1704 1 3 42

RM

T_O

N

GN

D

24V

_RL

5V_O

CP

24V

_OC

P

38V

U

GN

D(3

8VU

)

24V

U

GN

D(2

4VU

)

12V

GN

D(1

2V)

3.3V

GN

D(3

.3V

)

24V

U

GN

D(2

4VU

)

24V

U

GN

D(2

4VU

)

J1705 1 3 42 65

15V

-8V

GN

D(+

8V)

GN

D(-

8VU

)

+8V

GN

D(1

5V)

N.C

.

J1706 1 2 43

GN

D(5

V)

GN

D(5

V)

5V5V N.C

.

DO

OR

OP

EN

J1723 1

GN

D(2

4VU

)

2 43 5 6 7 98

24V

RLY

24V

U

GN

D(2

4VU

)

1 2J46F

1 2J46M

J48

J22M

2

1

J21M

2

1

1 3 42J721 J601 1 2

24V

H

24V

H

GN

D

GN

D

J47

1 2 3

MSW5

4

3

2

J45M

1

J1717 1 2

GN

D(3

8VIL

)

38V

-IL

J43F

2

1

2

J43M

1

2

J42M

1

J42F

2

1

J1721 1 3 42 765 98

1 2

1210 11 13

8543 6 7 109 11 12

21 8543 6 7 109 11 12

J621 1 2

(M0) (M2) (M1)

J611 21

TO J180D-2

TO J180D-1

GND(24V38V)

24VU

38VU

GN

D(2

4V38

V)

24V

U

38V

U

N.C

.

24V

H

24V

H

GN

D(2

4VH

)

GN

D(2

4VH

)

38V

-IL

GN

D(3

8V-1

L)

38V

-IL

GN

D(3

8V-I

L)

N.C

.

J41M

J41F

GN

D(3

8V-I

L)

38V

-IL

J1720 21

GN

D(2

4VH

)

24V

H

GN

D(5

V)

5V

543 6

21 53 4 6

1 2 63 4 5

J40M

J40F

J322D 321 4

J1722 321 4

GN

D(2

4VU

)

GN

D(2

4VU

)

24V

U

24V

U

1 2J29M

24V

U

J2604 1 2

GN

D(2

4VU

)

3

J1711 321 1J1712 7653 42 8

5V

J31F 21

J31M 1 2

J1307 1 2

J33F 2 31 64 5 87

3 421 765 8

J32F 4321 6 75 8

J33M

J32M 1 2 3 654 87

J1501 321 64 5 7 8

J322

D-1

J322

D-2

J322

D-3

J322

D-4

5V 0V 15V

GN

D

8V GN

D

5V GN

D

3.3V

GN

D(3

.3V

)

1J1713 7653 42 98 121110 13 1514

J34F 1 32 654 7 98 1210 11 13 14 15

1 2 3 654 87J34M 9 121110 1413 15

J23F 1 2

J851 1 2 3 4

GN

D

38V

U

GN

D

24V

U

J1001

38V

U

GN

D

1 2

12V

GN

D

J801 321

38V

U

GN

D

5V-12V

GN

D

64 5 7

J1714 1 32 654 7 98 1210 11

3.3V

GN

D(3

.3V

)

J1101 1 2

GN

D

-8V

GN

D(5

V)

543

5V

6 J1301

GN

D

-8V

GN

D

5V

21 3 4 5

8V GN

D

6 J761

38V

U

GN

D

1 2 3

N.C

.

J1715 1 2 3

J37F

J37M 1

1

2

2

AW

G22

100

7

AW

G22

100

7

J1716 111 2 3 4 5 86 7 9 10 12

GN

D

GN

D

J1451

12V

-FA

5V-F

A

3.3V

-FA

21 3 4 5

GN

D

6

21 3 4 5 6

3.3V

J1452

GN

D

12V

5VGN

D

GN

D

31 2 654

J38F

J38M

1 2 3

1 32

4 5 6

4 5 6

J39F

J39M

1 2 3

1 32

4 5 6 7

4 5 6 7

7

N.C

.

N.C.

N.C.

J1718 21 543 76

J501 21 543 6

5V 12V

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

24V

U

N.C

.

TO

J50

5-B

13

TO

J50

5-B

14

J1719

TO

J50

5-B

12

TO

J50

5-B

11

TO

J50

5-B

10

TO

J50

5-B

9

TO

J50

5-B

8

TO

J50

5-B

7

GN

D(5

V)

N.C

.

15V

GN

D(1

5V)

8V

GN

D(8

V)

5V

GN

D(5

V)

3.3V

GN

D(3

.3V

)

24V

U

GN

D(2

4VU

)

24V

U

GN

D(2

4VU

)

38V

U

GN

D(3

8VU

)

12V

GN

D(1

2V)

-12V 5V

GN

D(5

V)

38V

U

GN

D(3

8VU

)

38V

U

GN

D(3

8VU

)

3.3V

GN

D(3

.3V

)

5V

GN

D(5

V)

-8V

GN

D(-

8V)

5V

GN

D(5

V)

8V

GN

D(+

8V)

-8V

GN

D(-

8V)

38V

U

GN

D(3

8VU

)

N.C

.

3.3V

-FA

GN

D

5V-F

A

GN

D

GN

D

12V

-FA

3.3V GN

D

5V GN

D

12V

GN

D

5V-F

A

GN

D(5

V-F

A)

A-R

EM

OT

E

GN

D(5

V-F

A)

24E

RR

38E

RR

18V

GN

D(1

8V)

5V

GN

D(5

V)

12V

GN

D(1

2V)

GN

D(2

4VU

)

24V

U

(J152)

21 3 21 3 4 5 21 3 4 621 3 4 5 21 3 4

(J1701) (J1702) (J1703) (J1704) (J1705) (J1706)

General Circuit Diagram (2/7)

Control panelCCD PCB

Fluorescentlamp inverterPCB

Scanner motordriver PCB

(to ADF)

Image processorPCB Laser driver

PCB 1

Laser scannermotor driverPCB MFC PCB

DC controller PCB

To DC controller

To fixing motor(M3)

Relay PCB

To sidepaper deck

To finisher HV-DC PCB

Drum motor

To AC relay(RL1)

Pickup motor Main motor

(to duplexingassembly)

To heaterdriver PCB

Heater driver PCB

To front coverswitch(SW2)

Manual feed cover open/closeddetecting switchDC power supply PCB

Light adjustmentcontrol PCB

Page 235: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

A-11

J101H

0V PS

56S

5V

3 2 1J101D

J103DJ103H

3 2 1

FM

4LC

K

0V FM

4-O

N

J101L

J103L

1

FM4PS56

J102

J104H2 1

M8R

V

M8F

W

7

J104L

J104D

J105L

J105H

J105D 2 1

M8

M

J106H2 1

0V MS

W4S

9

J106L

J106D

MSW4

J107

321

1 2 3

21

1 2

21

1 32

2 3 4 5 6 8 10

24V

U

PO

F-O

N

11 12

J3 4 3 2 1

PO

F-S

IG13

0V14

21 3 4 1 32 4 5J2

2 3 61 4 5

6 J108D

J108H

1

6 J108L

32 54 6

1 2 3 54 J109

1715 16

N.C

.

N.C

.

N.C

.

0V PS

58S

5V

1 2 3

J146D

A17 B17

J502

3 2 1 3 2 1

123J147

PS58

J146L 1 2 3J146H

4

4

123J145

PS47

J144HJ144L

J144D

1 2

3 2

3

1

0V PS

47S

5V

4 5 6

0V PT

R1N

7 8

PT

R2N

9

N.C

.

RC

PN

RD

PN

10 11 12

CLS

N

5V 0V

13 14 15

J1104 12356789

MSW7

J11221 3

J111L

J111DJ111H

1 2

2 1

0V MS

W7S

16 17

PE

XP

0V 0V

1 2 3

0VMS

W3S

FM

10LC

K

FM

10-O

N

M7F

W

M7R

V

64 5 7 8 9

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 J124DJ124H

21 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 J124L

J125D

J125LJ125H

1 2

2 1

J126D

J126LJ126H

1 2

2 1

MSW3

1 2 J127

LED1

J128H

FM10

3J128D 2

J128L 1 2

1

3

M7

M

J130H1 2

2 1

1 2J129LJ129H

J129D 2 1

J130D

J130L

J131H2

8

1

9

3 4

7 6

FM

3LC

K

0V FM

3-O

N

FM

1LC

K

10 11 12 13

5 6

5 4

7 8

3 2

FM

14LC

K

0V FM

1-O

N

0V FM

14-O

N

J131L9

J131D1

1614 15 17 18

N.C

.19

A19

J504

B19

FM1

J133 3 2 1

FM3

J132 3 12

J134

FM14

3 2 1

J135H2

5

1

6

3 4

4 3

5V SIZ

E3

SIZ

E-O

N

5V

1 2 3 4

5 6

2 1

SIZ

E4

SIZ

E-O

N

5 6

J135D

J135L

J136H1

3

2 3

2 1

J136L

J136D

SIZE3 SIZE4

J137L

J137DJ137H

1

3

32

12

1

3

TS1

J139H2 3

2 1

J139L

J139D

TS2

J140L

J140DJ140H

1

3

2 3

2 1

J138H1 2 3 4 65 7 8 9J138L

13 12 11 10 89 7 6 5J138D

5V TS

1S

0V 5V TS

2S

0V 24V

U

CL1

-ON

5V

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

10

4

11

3

12

2

13

1

M18

-

TS

3S

M18

+

0V

19987

CL1

CL

J141L

J141DJ141H

1

2

2

1

M18

M

J143D

J143LJ143H

1 2

2 1

TS3

3

J142L

J142DJ142H

21 3

2 1

9 781015C

NT

3D

CN

T1D

24V

24V

J121L

J121D

4 123

J121H1 2 3 4

11121314

CNT

CNT3 CNT1

CNT

24V

J65 21 3 4 5

2 1

12

CNT

CNT2

CN

T2D

CN

T2-

B1

CN

T2-

B0

0V SIZ

E-O

N

SIZ

E2

5V SIZ

E-O

N

SIZ

E1

4 356 2 15V

J117H1

6

32 4

45 3

5 6

2 1

J117D

J117L

235 46

3J118H

1 2 4 5

J118L1

J118D6

J119H21 J119D

J119L3 2

3

1

J120HJ120D 1 2

J120L 3 2

3

1

SIZE2

SIZE1

CC

5-C

NT

15 14 13 12

CC

5-C

ON

NE

CT

0V 5V-F

A

J148H31 2 4 5

45 3 2

J148D

J148L 1

J1008 1 42 3 5

SW4

5VR

TN

11

0V10

M4F

/H

M4-

ON

M4L

CK

9 8 7

J116HJ116L

J116D 1 2

4 3

43

12

31 2 4J762

J763 J761

J764

2 134567891011

11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 12

MM4

GN

DV

CC

H

A-

HA

+H

B-

HB

+H

C-

HC

+O

UT

-CO

UT

-BO

UT

-A

123

38V

0VN.C

.

FM

2-O

N6

0V5

FM

2LC

K4

J114H1 2

3 2 J114L

J114D3

1

J115 1

FM2

2 3

J113D

J113L

FM

5LC

K

0VFM

5-O

N3 2 1

J113H1 2

3 2

3

1

FM5

0VA-R

EM

OT

E

0V5V-F

A14 13 12 11

J503

B15 A15

10

18V

38E

RR

0V24E

RR

9 8 7

1 2 3 4 5 6 7J1719 8

FM

12LC

K

0VFM

12-O

N6 5 4

FM

11-O

N

0V FM

11LC

K123

J155H31 2 4 5

46 5 3 2

J155D6

J155L1

J157 321

FM12 J1561 2

FM11

3

J153H

SH

-ON

24V

0V SH

DT

C

6

1

5

2

34

3 4

MH

DT

C

MH

-ON

J153D

J153L12

5 6

14 13 12 11 10 9

5 4 3 12

FT50FT51 FT49

SSR1

8 7 6

1 2 3

5 4 3 12

0VFIN

-Tx0

FIN

-Rx0

0V24V

U

A14B14

J505

J151H

J151D 1 42 3 5

J151L 5 24 3 1

1 532 4 76

J48H

21

J48L

N.C.

FL-

PW

M

0V FL-

ON

PR

H-P

WM

PR

H-O

N

FL-

ER

R

FL-

CLK

0V FLC

OM

P

0V FL-

TH

HE

AT

-ON

1F

L-G

AIN

431 2

1213 11 10

865 7

9 8 7 6

1312109 11

5 4 23 1

23457 68910111213 713 12

N.C

.

OP

T-H

OF

F

11 10

OP

T-C

DW

N2

OP

T-C

DW

N1

9 8

OP

T-C

DW

N0

OP

T-C

CW

2

12

J158DA1

J158LA13

J158H3 4 5 6

11 10 9 8

OP

T-D

1

6 5O

PT

-D2

OP

T-D

3

4 3O

PT

-D0

2 1

No

US

E

0V

117 8 109

7 6 5 4

12 13

23 1J158LB

J158DB

51 2 3 4 6 7 8 J1002

A13B13

J506

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 108 9 11 12

21 43 5

21 3 4 5 J853123455

678

4321

12

91011

10

1211

123456789

123

123

123

21

323

1

45

J1001

J851

J162

J852

J163

J166FJ166H

J164H J164FJ801

J802

PS57

J159

J804 J8035 4 3 2 1

M5

M

1 2 3

3 2 1

GLS

-DT

5V 0V

E(B

K)

D(G

N)

C(O

R)

B(R

)A

(BL)

OP

T-C

W

FL-THGND38V

FL-S24V

J1003

J152AJ152B J152C

N.C.

<0V

U>

<24

VU

>F

IN-T

xDF

IN-R

xD0V 24

VU

0V

FL-THGND38V

J166H

MT15 MT13

MT14MT16

J165

J154

J63

J63

GND

J1

FL1

GNDFL-S24V

Relay PCB

Heater driverPCB

FromrelayPCB

To finisher

Power supplycooling fan 2

Power supplycooling fan 1

Fixingassemblyfan

Laser driver cooling fan

Light intensitysensor PCB

General Circuit Diagram (3/7)

Printercounter

Total copycounter

Options counter

OptionscounterPCB

Original sizesensor 2

Original sizesensor 1

Laser scanner driver PCB

Laser scanner motor

From relay PCB

Control panelCPU PCB

Controlpanelpowerswitch

DC controller PCB

No. 1 Mirror

Fluorescent lampinverter PCB

Lightintensitycontrol PCB

From relay PCBCopyboard glass sensor

From relay PCB

From relay PCB

Scanner motor

Scanner motor driver PCB

Scannercoolingfan Laser

scannerfan

Card reader(accessory)

Front cover open/closeddetecting switch

Multifeedercoveropen/closedsensor

Streamreadingfan

Primary charging wire cleaning motor

Potential controlPCB

Vertical path 1paper sensor

Primary chargingwire cleanerHP detecting switch

Potential sensorUpperright coveropen/closed sensor

Pre-transfer cleaner HPdetecting switch

Pre-exposure lamp

Pre-transfer charging wirecleaning motor

Pre-transferchargingassembly fan

Primary chargingassembly fan Original

sizesensor 3

Originalsizesensor 4

Hopperinsidetoner sensor

Hopperinside tonerlower limitsensor Hopper

inside magnetroller driveclutch

Hopper inside tonercleaning motor

Developingassemblyinside tonersensor

Page 236: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

A-12

0V PS

9S

5V

1

PS9

J182

7 92 3 4 5 6 8 10 11 12

24V

U13

CL2

-ON

14 1715 16

0V PS

7S

5V

1 2 3

A20 B20 J180D

3 2 1

0V PS

8S

5V

4 5 6

S-T

EM

P

0V

7 8

S-T

EM

P9

0V 24V

U

SL1

P

10 11 12

SL1

R

0V PS

6S

13 14 15

5V 24V

U

16 17

A10

J507

B10

J171

FM9

3 2 1

9 7810

FM

6-O

N

5V0V

111213

FM

6LC

K

PS

28S

0V CL3

-ON

24V

M9F

W

M9R

V

SL4

R

SL4

P

4 356 2 124

V

13 12

FM

13-O

N

0V FM

13LC

K11

FM

7-O

N10

MS

W6S

0V FM

7LC

K

9 8 7

0V6

CL2

-ON

5

24V

4

0VPS

5S

5V3 2 1

B13 A13 A16B16

J510

PO

ST

/SE

P_E

RR

SE

P_A

MP

_CN

TR

PO

ST

_DC

_CN

TR

HV

AC

_ON

DE

V_D

C_C

NT

R

DE

V_A

C_O

N

TR

AN

SF

ER

_ER

R

TR

AN

SF

ER

_CN

TR

GR

ID_C

NT

R

PR

IMA

RY

_ER

R

PR

IMA

RY

_CN

TR

HV

DC

_RE

MO

TE

1O

V

431 2 865 7 1312109 11

23457 68910111213

PS10

13 2

J184 23 1

J210D

J210LJ210H

21 3

0V PS

16S

5V 0V PS

10S

5V

PS16

J18323 1

PS11

J18523 1

0V PS

11S

5V

J186H21

2 1

J186L

J186D

CL

CL2

18 19 20

6 5

0V 0V M3L

CK

J652 34 2 1

M3-

ON

5V 0V

M3

M

12

1 2

J651

4

B204 A20J180L

4 3 2 138

V

0V

J187H1

9

2 3

8 7

4 5

6 5 J187D

J187L76 8

34 2

9

1

10

10

1

6

4J211H

2 3

5 4 3

5 6

2 1

J211L

J211D

J190H21 J190L

2 1 J190D

J188

PS7

3 2 1

J189

PS8

3 2 1

TH1

J191H1

TH2

J191L2

2 J191D1

3

3

J192L

J192D 6

1

5

2J192H4

3

3

4 6

2

5

1

J1942

PS6

3 1

J193L

SL1

J193H3

1

2

2

J193D

3

1

SL

24V

U

PU

LL

BA

CK

SL3

-ON

18

SL3

J195H21J195L

2 1J195D

SL

SL2

SL

1 J196L2J196H

2 J196D1S

L2-O

N

24V

U

2019

0VPS

1S1 2

PS

3S

5V 0V 5V

3 4 5 6 7 9 9 10

0VFM

9LC

K N.C

.

FM

9-O

N

910

1 2 J167LA

J167DA12345678

J167H3 4 65 7 8 9 10

J168HJ168L 21 3 4

J168D 56 4 3

5 6

2 1

3 J170

PS3

2 1

PS1

23 1 J169

J175L 321

J175DJ175H

23 1

PS4

23 J1741J172H

4

3

3

8

J172L 1 2

J172D 6 5

21

10 9

0V 0V24V

U

1 2 3

4 5 6

3 2 1

54

7 6

76

5 4

98

3 2

10J167LB

J167DB 1

PS

4S

9

DF

-TxD

DF

-RxD

0VDP

4 5 6 7

5V

9 10

J240BJ240C

4 1237 6 5

7

7

234 1

21

J240A

POWER CORD MOUNT

J23M

0V

120

0V

19P

S9S

2

185V

3

170V

4

16P

S16

S5

155V

6

140V

7

13P

S10

S8

125V

9

11

PS

11S

10

1011

0V

95V

12

824

VU

13

7C

L2-O

N14

60V

155

0V16

4M

3LC

K17

3M

3-O

N18

25V

19

10V

20

20 19P

S7S

0V

21

1418 17 16 15 13 12 11 10

M-T

EM

P

PS

8S

0V5V 5V S-T

EM

P

0V 24V

U

0V

58 7 69 4 23 1

5V0VSL1

1R

SL1

1P

PS

6S

SL3

-ON

24V

U

SL2

-ON

24V

U

7543 6 8 9 1110 16141312 15 1817 2019

B20

J508

A20

0VFM

6-O

N21

13 12 11 10

CL3

-ON

PS

28S

5VFM

6CLK

0V M9F

W24

V

SL4

RM

9RV

58 7 69 4 23 124

VS

L4P

7543 6 8 9 1110 1312

FM

7LC

K812 1013 11 9

FM

13-O

N

FM

13C

LK0V 0VF

M7-

ON

7 6 5 4 123

0VMS

W6S

CL2

-ON

24V

0VPS

5S5V

61 32 4 5 87 109 131211

J209H1 2

3 2

FM6

J209D 3

J209L 1

SL4

SL

CL3

CL

J207L

J207DJ207H

1 2

2 1

J208

1 32

PS28

J205D

J205LJ205H

1

3

32

2 1

J206HJ206D 1

J206L 2

M

M9

2

1

3

2J204H

J204D 1

J204L 4

3 4

2 1

J198L

J198D

7

1

5

2J198H

4

3

23

54

1

6

FM13

J203D

J203L

2J203H

1 3

23 1

J202HJ202L

J202D

3

1

FM7

1

3

2

2

7

6

12

J201

MSW6

J200HL200D 1

J200L 2

CL

CL2

2

1 PS5

1 2 3 J199

J197L

4

4

B13

B13

J197D

A13

A13

12

2

13 12

1

11 10 89 7

SL6

P

SL6

R

24V

3 4

11 10

5 6

9 8

6 5

5V PS

17S

4

0V 5V

7 98

7 56

10 11

4 3

0VSV

R1

12

2 1

J227H1 2 3

3 12

SL

SL6

J227D

J227L

3

PS17

1 2 J22613

J225H2

21 3

SVR1

J225D

J225L

5V3 2 1

PS

35S

0V

141516

J222L

J222DJ222H3

1

1

32

2

1 2 3

PS35

J223

14 15 16

FEE

D_G

UID

E_C

NTR

16 15 14S

EP

_AM

P_C

NT

L

PF

EE

D_G

UID

E_O

N

J723

12345

GN

D

HVAC

-CTL

HVAC

-ON

24V

PG

ND

5 4 3 2 1

34 12

5 4 3 2 1

PO

ST

(DC

)

SE

P(D

C)

23 1 2345 1 13 2

12

J711 J734 J733 J732 J731

J737

J742

FT165

P

MT5410K

FT166

S

10KMT55

FT188

MT53

FT187

MT52

FT186

MT51

FT185

MT50

FT182

MT47

FT181

MT46

FT174

MT71

2 1

12

4 13 2

4 23 1J272MJ272F

J271MJ271F

S7

S8

S9

N.C

.

N.C

.

N.C

.

N.C

.

J741

MT56FT189

10K10K

MT57

MT58

FT190

FT191 MT72

FT175

T601T701

J224D

J224LJ224H

J721

GND24V

M3-

0VM

3-38

V

24V

U

DF

-TxD

DF

-RxD

GN

D

GN

D

DP

GN

D

General Circuit Diagram (4/7)

De-curling fan

Fixing/feeding unitlockingsolenoid

Separation fan Feeding fan

Registrationbrakingclutch

Fixing/feedingunit releasinglever sensor

Transfer/separationcharging wirecleaning motor

Registration clutch

Registrationpaper sensor

Multifeeder pickuplatch solenoid

Manual feedtray papersensor

Manual feed traypaper width volume

Manual feed sensor

Transfer/separation charging wire cleanerhome position detecting switch

Sep

arat

ion

char

ging

asse

mbl

y

Pre

-tra

nsfe

rch

argi

ngas

sem

bly

Dru

m s

epar

atio

ncl

aw

Tra

nsfe

r gu

ide

Fix

ing

rolle

r

Dev

elop

ing

cylin

der

Dus

t-co

llect

ing

rolle

r

Tra

nsfe

r ch

argi

ng a

ssem

bly

Prim

ary

char

ging

asse

mbl

y

HV-AC transformer

HV-AC PCB

HV-DC PCB

HV block

HV connectorterminal mount

From relay PCB

DC controller PCB

Internal delivery sensor

Registration clutch

Reversalsensor

Fixing/feeding unitoutlet sensor

External deliverysensor

Fixingmotor

Fixing cleaning beltlength sensor

Fixing cleaning beltlength warning sensor

Fixing mainthermistor

Fixing sub thermistor

Fixing clawjam sensor

Fixing inletguide solenoid

Deliveryflappersolenoid

Fixingcleaningbelt solenoid

Scanner homeposition sensor

Invertercooling fan

Imageleading edgesensor

Copyboard coveropen/closed sensor

To ADF

From relay PCB

Page 237: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

A-13

A11 B11

J515

A14

J514

B14

0V PS

4S

5V 0V PS

55S

5V

10 11 12 13 1498

9 78105V

110V P

S51

S

0V 5V 0V SV

1-1

SV

1-0

5V SV

R2

4 356 2 10V

13 12

CL5

-ON

24V

CL6

-ON

11

24V

10

CL1

8-O

N

CL7

-ON

24V

9 8 7

24V

6

0V5

5V4

0VM2-

FG

M2-

0V3 2 1

J513

B13 A13 A14B14

J512

1 532 4 76

N.C.

5V PS

27S

0V 5V PS

24S

0V 5V PS

23S

0V 5V PS

20S

10V

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 23 1

23457 689101112 712S

L7-O

N

11 10

24V

5V

9 8

PS

22S

0V

12

J229DA

J229LAJ229H

11 10 9 8

CL8

-ON

6 50V

4 324

V

2 1

CL1

0-O

N

24V

7 6 5 4 23 1J229LB

J229DB

A12B12

J511

23

1

4

5V

J152BJ152A

J45F

21

10 9

43

8 7

5 6

6 5

987

34 2

J281HJ281DA

J281LA10

1 J281DB

J281LB 1

10 7

42 3

9 8

65

6 5

87

4 3

109

2 1

50V24

V

CL1

2-O

N

24V

CL1

3-O

N

1 2 43

5VPS

38S

PS

39S

0V

6 7 9 9

N.C

10

PS

37S

0V1 2

0V5V 5VPS

40S

3 4 5 6

5V0V PS

41S

24V

97 9 10

11 11

1111

11

SL9

-ON

11

PS38

J2843 2 1

PS39

J2853 2 1

J282D

J282L

CL

CL12

J282H1

2

2

1

CL13

CL

J283L 1 2J283H

J283D 2 1

5V

N.C

N.C

J286

PS37

3 2 31

J287

PS40

3 2 1

J288PS41

3 2 1

J362D

J362L

12

2J362H

1

1 2 J289L

J289DJ289H

2 1

SL9

SL

M16

-ON

5VPS

48S

0V 0V

21 3 4

1011 9 8

5 6 7 8

7 6 5 4

109 11 J290LA

3 12 J290DA

2 3 41 9765 9 10 11

5VPS

49S

0VM17

-ON

0V

J290LBJ290H

J290DB

1 2 3 4

11 10 9 8

65 7 8 9

67 5 4 3

10 11

2 1

52 3 41 1096 7 9 11

B12A12

J516

N.C

.N

.C.

N.C

.

N.C

.

N.C

.12

M16

M

J293L 1 2J293H

J293D 2 1

J294L

J294DJ294H

1 2

3 2

3

1

J363L

J363DJ363H

1 2

3 2

3

1

J291L

J291DJ291H34

1 2

2 1

3 4

J292

PS48

3 2 1

J364DJ364H

J364L1 2 3

J342

3

J342L1

J342D3

2 1

2 3

2 1

J296J295 2 213 13

J303HJ303L1 32

J303D3 12

J301H

M

M17

L301D

J301L 1

2 1

2

J302 5 4 123

PS49

23 1 J304 PS19

J26223 1

5VPS

19S

0V

321

J261HJ261L1 32

J261D3 12

74 65

J263D 12

M13

M

CL9

CL

1

21J264H

2J264D

J264L

J265D

J265L

SVR3

J265H21 3

23 1

108 9

5VSV

R3

0V

1211 1413

J266D

3J266H

J266L21 4

24 3 1

S14 S15 S16 S17

321 4

M

M14

2 1J267D

65 7

0VM14

-ON

0VM13

-ON

CL9

-ON

24V

M1

M

J612 45 123

2 1 J611

M1-

38V

M1-

0V

PS55PS54

3J269 12 123

J268L 1

L268D 6

432 65

3

J268H45 12

J270

N.C

.

1213

PS

52S

5V

J258D 1 42 3 65

J258L 6 35 4

J258H12

J260 21 3

PS52 PS51

1 2 3

J259

J257L

3J257H

J257D21 4

24 3 1

J256HJ256D1 32

J256L3 12

S13SV1

J255D 21

J255L 12

J255H

CL5

CL

J254L

J254DJ254H

2

1

1

2

J271H2

1

1

2

CL

CL6

J271L

J271D

J253L

J253DJ253H

2

1

1

2

CL

CL7

J252D

J252L

2

1

1

2

J252H

CL

CL18

J622321 54

J621

M2-

38V

M2-

0V

1 2

M2

M6 13 2457J249L

14M

SW

2S

111213 910

0V0V M0-

ON

M0L

CK

5V

80V

1J249H32 4 5J249D 76 J243D

J243L

7 6 5 3 24 1

MS

W1S

0V M6-

PS

59S

M6+

5V 0V

J243H2 31

7 56

54

4 3

6 7

2 1

J250L

J250DJ250H

6 57

1 32

34

4 5

12

76

J251D

J251LJ251H

1

2

2

1

M0

1 2 3 J5024 5

1 J6012

M2-

0VM

2-38

V

MSW2

J254L

J254D 21J254H

12J2482 1

J244

PS59

1 2 3

MSW1

12

2 1

M

M6

2 1

MSW8

J246

J247J247D

14 13

J24HJ24D 1 2

12 11 10 9 8

CL4

-ON

0V24V

FM

8-O

N

FM

8LC

K

MO

FF-S

W

24V

7 56 4 3 12

J239D

J239LJ239H

2 31

7 56

6 754

4 3 2 1J241H1

3

2 3J241D

J241L 2 1

FM8

J242L

J242DJ242H

2

1

1

2

CL

CL4

1 2 43 8

51 2 43 1076 98 1211 1 1132 64 5 87 9 10 12

J238 1 2 3

PS27

J237 21 3

PS24

J2361 2 3

PS23

21

PS20

3 J235

J23331 2

PS22

3

PS21

21J232

SL

SL7

J234L

J234DJ234H

1 2

2 1

J231H1 2

2 1

CL

CL8

J231L

J231D

J230HL230D

J230L2

1

CL10

CL

1

2

SV2

0VSV

1-1

5VSV

1-0

M1-

FG

M1-

ON

5V 0V 0V

SVR2

S12 S11 S10

J152C

PS

21S

0V24VU38V

24V

U

CL

CL

24V

U

3

M

General Circuit Diagram (5/7)

Cassette 3 paperlength sensor

Deck (right)upper paperlevel sensor

Deck (right)paper middlelevel sensor

Pre-registrationclutch

Pre-registrationbrake clutch

Manual feedtray pickupclutch

Manual feedtray pull-outclutch

From relay PCB

Cassette3 paper widthdetectingvolume

Pickupmotor

Drum motorCartridgedetectingswitch

From relay PCB Cartridge motordrive switch

Waste tonerclog detectingswitch

Cartridge insidefeeder motor

From relayPCB

To side paper deck

DC controller PCB

Toner cartridgecover open/closed sensor

Drum fan

Developingclutch

To main switch

Deck (right)feed sensor

Deck (right)limit sensor

Vertical path1 clutchDeck (right)

open/closedsensor

Deck (right)pickupsensor

Deck (right)pickup solenoid

Deck (right)paper sensor

Deck(right)liftersensor

Deck (right) pickup clutch

Cassette 3lifter sensor

Cassette 3paper sensor

Cassette 3pickupclutch

Vertical path 3clutch

Cassette 3pickup sensor

Cassette 3open/closedsensor

Vertical path 3paper sensor

Cassette 3pickup solenoid

Cassette 3lifter motor

Lower right coveropen/closedsensor

Environmentsensor PCB

Vertical path 2paper sensor

Cas

sette

4 p

aper

leve

lde

tect

ion

PC

B

Cas

sette

3 p

aper

leve

lde

tect

ion

PC

B

Cassette 4lifter motor

Waste tonercase full sensor

Cassette 4 paperwidth detectingvolume

Vertical path2 clutch

Cassette 4 paperlength sensor

Deck(right)liftermotor

Mainmotor

Deck (left)lifter motor

Deck (left)middle paperlevel sensor

Deck (left)upper paperlevel sensor

From relay PCB

Page 238: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

A-14

B11 A11

A18B18

SL1

0-O

N11 10 9

24V

5V

8 7

PS

46S

0V

6 5

5V PS

45S

PS

42S

234

5V0V

10V

11

5V

810 9P

S44

S

0V

7 6P

S43

S

5V 0V5 4

CL1

5-O

N

24V

3 2C

L14-

ON

24V

1

J305LB

J305DB 1 2

10 9

4 53

78 6

6 7

5 4

8 9

3 2

10

1

J30511

11

J305DA1

J305LA11

2 3 4 5

10 9 8 7

86 7 9 10

46 5 3 2

11

1

J517

J314DA

J314LA

PS31

3 2

J316

PS32

J3151

3 2 1

1 2

10 9

4 53

78 6

6 7

5 4

8 9

3 2

10

1

0V PS

31S

5V

1 2 3

0V PS

32S

5V 0V

4 5 6 7

N.C

.

5VPS

25S

1099

J314LB

J314DBJ314H

21

10 9

3 4

8 7 2

95 6

6 5

7 8

4 3

10

1

PS

34S

5

0V PS

33S

5V 0V

1 2 3 4

B10A10

5V 24V

U

24V

U

CL1

1-O

N

6 7 9 9

SL8

-ON

10

J518

J319

PS34

3 12

PS33

3J318 2 1

PS25

3 12 J317

CL

CL11

J320D

J320LJ320H

1 2

12 2

J321H1

SL8

SL

J321L2

J321D1

1 65432 87 9

5V0V PT

R2N

N.C

.

RC

PN

RD

PN

CL5

N

0VPT

R1N

0V24V

U

0V 0V RxD

TxD

CC

X-C

NT

5V

2 31 7 84 5 6J520 J521

1 2J522

POTE

NTIA

L__S

ENSO

R

0V

1 32J523

4

0V ST

xD

SR

xD

5V 0V RxD

TxD

1 32J524

RE

S

5V 0VHD

2

654 87

SL10

SL

J365H1J365D

2J365L

2

1

J313D 21

J313L 12

J313H

1J312 2 3

PS46

J311321

PS45

J310321

PS42

J309 321

PS44

1 2 J3083

PS43

CL15

J307D

J307LJ307H

1 2

2 1

CL

1J306D

J306L 12

2J306H

CL

CL14

2 13

5V 0VPS

12S

J340H2 31J340T

2 13J340L

321 J341

PS12

PS

13S

5V 0V

3 12

3 41 2

J338TJ338H

1 32

J338L 3 12

PS13

321 J339

J36042 1

SL

SL11

SL1

1-O

N

24V

J3605J3606

J330T

J330L

1

56789

432 65J330H

124 3

87 9J336TJ336H

21 3

J336L 23 1

PS15

1 2J337 3

161718

PS

15S

5V 0V

21J332H

2 1

CL

CL16

J332T

J332L

J334T

J334L

21 3J334H

3 2 1

1 32

PS18

1315 14P

S18

S

0V5V

12C

L19-

ON

11 10

24V

CL1

6-O

N

9 8 7

CL1

7-O

N

24V

24V

2

J333HJ333L

J333T 1 2

1

CL19

CL

2

J331HJ331L

J331T 1 2

1

CL17

CL

J329T1

J329L6

32 5 64J329H

45 123

M15M

6 2345 1

SID

E_R

EG

I_M

_Vcc

J326H3 J326L

J326T1

12

32J366H

23

21

J366L 1

L366T 32 4

4

21 3

PS14

1J328 2

PS26

3

J327

18 17 16

5VN

.C.

PS

26S

15 14 13 12

5V0V PS

14S

0V

1

11

32 54

910 78

876 109

456 23

J323T11

J323L1

J323H

456 3 2 111 910

DU

PI_

M_V

cc

78

SID

E_R

EG

I_M

_Vcc

SID

E_R

EG

I_M

_A

SID

E_R

EG

I_M

_A*

SID

E_R

EG

I_M

_B

SID

E_R

EG

I_M

_B*

[Y]

[OR

][B

R]

[BK

][R

][R

]

[BL]

[GN

][Y

][O

R]

[BR

][R

]

21J325H

43

56 34

M11M

J325L

J325T 65

2 1

[W]

[R]

[BR

][B

L][Y

]

MM12

1J324H

3 42 5

4 35 12 J324L

J324T

DU

PI_

M_V

cc

DU

PI_

M_A

DU

PI_

M_A

*

DU

PI_

M_B

DU

PI_

M_B

*

DU

PF

_M_V

cc

DU

PF

_M_B

*

DU

PF

_M_B

DU

PF

_M_A

*

DU

PF

_M_A

J3603

N.C

.N

.C.

A12

J3602

B12

SR

EG

1-A

0VSR

EG

1-H

OLD

SR

EG

1-B

0V DU

PF

-OF

F

0VDU

PF

-B

DU

PF

-A

53 41 2 986 7 1210 11

6789101112 245 13

PS

26S

PS

18S

DU

P-C

NN

PS

12S

PS

13S

PS

14S

PS

15S

0VCL1

8-O

N

CL1

7-O

N

CL1

6-O

N

CL1

1-O

N

A12B12

J322L

4

J3601

5V0V24V

0V

1012 11 9 8 7 6 135 4 2

1110 1251 432 6 7 8 9

32 41

DU

PI-

OF

F

DU

PI-

B

DU

PI-

A

A12

J519

B12

1012 11 9 8 7 6 135 4 2

98762 3 4 5 1210 111

0V 24V

H

0V 5V

891112 10 4567 23 1

1110 1276 8 92 43 51

J322D4A12B12

J335

N.C

.

N.C

.N

.C.

General Circuit Diagram (6/7)

Cassette 4pickup solenoid

Vertical path 4paper sensor

Cassette 4open/closedsensor

Cassette 4pickup sensor

Cassette 4paper sensor

Cassette 4lifter sensor

Vertical 4clutch

Cassette 4pickup clutch

Duplexingreversalsensor

U-turn sensor

Reversingflappersolenoid

Post-confluencesensor

Lower feedingmiddle clutch

Horizontalregistrationsensor

Deck (left)feeding clutch

Lower feedingright clutch

Horizontalregistrationmotor

Pre-confluencesensor

Deck (left)feed sensor

Duplexingreversal motor

Duplexingfeeder motor

No-stacking feeder driver PCB

For downloadingFor RS-232C

From relay PCB

Copy Data Controller (accessory)

Control Card V (accessory)

Deck (left)open/closed sensor

Deck (left)limit sensor

Deck (left)pickup clutch

Deck (left)pickup solenoid

DC controller PCB

Deck (left) lifter sensor

Deck (left)paper sensor

Deck (left)pickupsensor

Page 239: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) A-15

A40B40

J1407

B40

61112 78910 245 3 1

A40

J525

13141516171819202122232425262728293031323334353637383940

3340 39 38 37 36 35 34 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 1923 22 21 20 18 17 16 15 1014 13 12 11 9 8 7 6 135 4 2

GN

DA

N6

AN

4R

OO

M_H

UM

(AN

2)F

US

ER

_TE

MP

(AN

0)G

ND

FE

ED

_ M

OT

OR

_FG

MIN

T5

N.C

.W

AK

E U

PM

CS

46*

MC

S4A

*G

ND

MC

S42

*M

CS

C0*

MR

D*

MLW

R*

GN

DD

AD

AT

A2

DA

CLK

1D

ALD

1*M

AB

US

<1>

MA

BU

S<

3>G

ND

MA

BU

S<

5>M

AB

US

<7>

MA

BU

S<

9>D

UP

LEX

_IN

V_A

GN

DM

DB

US

<1>

MD

BU

S<

3>G

ND

MD

BU

S<

5>M

DB

US

<7>

MD

BU

S<

9>G

ND

MD

BU

S<

11>

MD

BU

S<

13>

MD

BU

S<

15>

CC

DR

SY

NC

*

RIT

OP

3333

383940 34353637A

N5

FU

SE

RT

EM

P(A

N7)

GN

D

MA

IN_M

OT

OR

_FG

GN

DR

OO

M_T

EM

P(A

N1)

DR

UM

_VO

LT(A

N3)

34353637383940

29303132 2425262728 1920212223 15161718 1011121314 6789 1245 3

MC

S48

*M

CS

E0*

RE

G_O

NM

ASTE

R_PO

WER

_REA

DYD

UM

MY

_IT

OP

MR

ES

ET

*M

CS

44*

MC

S40

*G

ND

DA

DA

TA

1D

ALD

2*D

AC

LK2

GN

DM

HW

R*

MA

BU

S<

4>G

ND

MA

BU

S<

2>M

AB

US

<0>

242526272829303132 1516171820212223 19

MD

BU

S<

2>M

DB

US

<0>

GN

DM

AB

US

<8>

MA

BU

S<

6>

MD

BU

S<

8>M

DB

US

<6>

MD

BU

S<

4>G

ND

DU

P_I

NV

_ST

AR

TM

DB

US

<14

>M

DB

US

<12

>M

DB

US

<10

>G

ND

11121314 10 6789 1245 3

MC

S46

*33

18

383940 34353637F

EE

D M

OT

OR

FG

DU

P IN

V S

TA

RT

DA

LD1*

MC

S4A

*G

ND

MAS

TER

_PO

WER

_REA

DY

DU

MM

Y IT

OP

17161514131211

B50

29303132 2425262728 1920212223 15161718

J1102

1011121314 6789

A50

1245 3

LZ_E

ND

HD

DA

CK

*LZ

RE

OG

ND

MC

SE

0*

MM

I PO

WE

R IN

MR

ES

ET

*G

ND

CS

68*(

MM

I DP

RA

M C

S*)

MH

WR

*C

SB

0*IS

DP

RA

M IN

T*

DC

EN

*

MA

BU

S<

4>M

AB

US

<2>

MA

BU

S<

0>G

ND

272625242322212019 3635343331302928 32

MD

BU

S<

1>G

ND

MA

BU

S<

10>

MA

BU

S<

8>M

AB

US

<6>

GN

DM

DB

US

<7>

MD

BU

S<

5>M

DB

US

<3>

GN

DM

DB

US

<15

>M

DB

US

<13

>M

DB

US

<11

>M

DB

US

<9>

40393837 41 45444342 50494746 48

B50

J1402

A50

N.C

.G

ND

AN

0A

N2

AN

4A

N6

GN

D4950 48 44454647

DA

CLK

1G

ND

GN

D

414243

21 76543 1098 43M

DB

US

<4>

GN

DM

DB

US

<14

>M

DB

US

<12

>M

DB

US

<10

>M

DB

US

<8>

GN

DM

DB

US

<6>

50 49 48 4647 45 44

321 87654

MD

BU

S<

2>M

DB

US

<0>

GN

DM

AB

US

<1>

MA

BU

S<

3>M

AB

US

<5>

MA

BU

S<

7>M

AB

US

<9>

GN

D

42 41 3940 38 34353637

BO

OT

RD

YG

ND

IS P

OW

ER

IN

MM

I PO

WE

R U

PM

MI D

PR

AM

INT

MLW

R*

MR

D*

MF

CE

N*

CS

D0*

IS D

PR

AM

CS

*

2930313233 25262728

1211109 1716151413 2221201918 26252423

RE

G_O

NG

ND

MC

S48

*

MC

S40

*C

SC0*

DC

ON

DPR

AM C

S*G

ND

HD

DB

WR

*

MC

S44

*

HD

DR

EO

2024 212223 19 161718

N.C

.G

ND

CC

DR

SY

NC

*G

ND

DA

DA

TA

1

MA

IN M

OT

OR

FG

SLA

VE

DP

RA

M IN

TR

ITO

P

1115 121314 78910

3130292827 35343332 4039383736 44434241

AN

7A

N5

AN

3A

N1

GN

D

GN

D

245 36 14948474645 50

CD

AT

A<

1>G

ND

CD

AT

A<

0>G

ND

SC

AN

VE

N-

SC

AN

VE

N+

GN

D3940 38 34353637 2930313233 25262728 2024 212223 19 161718 1115 121314 78910

CD

AT

AE

NC

ON

NE

CT

GN

D245 36 1

B40

J1103

A40

B40

J1403

A40

41 2 3 5 6 7 8 139 10 11 12 14 15 16 17 2218 19 20 21 23 24 25 26 3127 28 29 30 32 33 34 35 4036 37 38 39

GN

DS

CA

N IT

OP

+40 39

SC

AN

HS

YN

CN

+S

CA

N H

SY

NC

N-

GN

DS

CA

N C

LK+

SC

AN

ITO

P-

SC

AN

HE

N-

SC

AN

HE

N+

SC

AN

IMG

EN

-S

CA

N IM

GE

N+

3437 36 3538 33 32 31 30

21 7653 4 111098

SC

AN

VID

EO

0-S

CA

N V

IDE

O0+

GN

DP

DL

VE

N+

GN

DS

CA

N C

LK-

SC

AN

VID

EO

1-S

CA

N V

IDE

O1+

GN

D2528 27 2629 23 22 2124

GN

DP

DL

IMG

EN

-P

DL

IMG

EN

+P

DL

HS

YN

CN

+

PD

L IT

OP

+P

DL

VE

N-

PD

L IT

OP

-P

DL

HE

N-

PD

L H

EN

+1618 171920 14 13 1215

16151412 13 20191817 25242321 22 29282726

GN

DP

DL

HS

YN

CN

-

PD

L C

LK+

PD

L C

LK-

GN

D

10 9 8 711 6 35 4 123934333230 31 38373635 40

BR

D*

43484950 444547 46

PA

BU

S<

0>3.

3V3.

3V

GN

D

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

40 394142 37 36 35 3438R

SY

NC

*

BR

ES

ET

*D

PR

AM

INT

(H

PO

RT

2(6)

)

CS

8C*

BH

WR

*

GN

DR

CLK

GN

DB

RA

OU

TA

<0>

2933 32 31 30 28 27 26 25G

ND

GN

D

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 2218 19 20 21 23 24 25 26

2023 22 2124 18 17 1619

GN

DB

DB

US

<8>

1114 13 1215 10 9 8 7

DO

C H

E*

DO

C P

WR

RD

YD

OC

ER

RO

RD

OC

BU

SY

DO

C V

E*

GN

DB

RA

OU

TB

<0>

3127 28 29 30 32 33 34 35 4036 37 38 39 41 42 43 44

26 35 4 14945 46 47 48 50

50

50

SG

ND

GN

D

VID

EO

<1>

-B+

GN

DV

IDE

O<

0>-B

-V

IDE

O<

0>-B

+G

ND

VID

EO

<2>

-B-

VID

EO

<2>

-B+

GN

DV

IDE

O<

1>-B

-

1 2 743 5 6 8 9 10 11

VID

EO

<3>

-B-

VU

DE

O<

3>-B

+G

ND

GN

DS

GN

D

GN

DS

CLK

-B-

SC

LK-B

+G

ND

VID

EO

<0>

-A+

GN

DS

CLK

-A-

GN

DS

CLK

-A+

VID

EO

<1>

-A-

VID

EO

<1>

-A+

GN

DV

IDE

O<

0>-A

-

161312 14 15 17 18 19 20 252221 23 24 26 27 28 29

SG

ND

VID

EO

<2>

-A-

GN

DV

IDE

O<

2>-A

+

GN

DV

IDE

O<

3>-A

-V

IDE

O<

3>-A

+

GN

D393130 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 40

16721 653 4 111098 151412 13 342520191817 242321 22 29282726 333230 31 38373635 4039 16G

ND

131110 151412721 653 4 98F

3-A

GN

DG

ND

F3-

BM

6-B

NH

D-B

LDD

VE

M6-

AN

HD

-AG

ND

DI

SK

DO

PW

R-C

S*

GN

D

2321 2520191817 2422 29282726 30

B-S

/H-B

RE

AD

Y-B

RE

AD

Y-A

GN

DLD

-KIL

L-B

LD-O

FF

-BLD

-KIL

L-A

LD-O

FF

-ALD

-LIF

E

B-S

/H-A

T-S

/H-B

T-S

/H-A

GN

DG

ND

16721 653 4 111098 151412 13 2520191817 242321 22 29282726 30

VE

VE

N<

7>G

ND

SG

ND

GN

DV

EV

EN

<6>

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

SG

ND

GN

DV

OD

D<

7>V

OD

D<

6>G

ND

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 2218 19 20 21 23 24 25 26

RC

LK-N

GN

DR

CLK

-P

GN

DG

ND

CC

DR

SY

NC

*D

AC

LKR

CC

D K

ILL

SG

ND

GN

DD

ALD

RD

AD

AT

AR

GN

DP

AP

ER

_LE

NG

TH

PA

PE

R_W

IDT

HG

ND

3127 28 29 30 32 33 34 35 4036 37 38 39 41 42 43 44

GN

D

AB

C_O

NN

WR

_LD

A6_

DIN

A5_

DC

K4945 46 47 48 50

50

321 87654 1211109 1716151413 21201918 2625242322 30292827 3534333231 39383736 4443424140 48474645 5049

50

50

J1112

INT

RQ

DIO

W*

GN

D

IOR

DY

GN

DD

IOR

*G

ND

IOC

S16

*

GN

DD

MA

CK

*C

SE

L

CS

HD

0*D

A2

DA

0N

.C.

GN

DN

.C.

CS

HD

1*

DA

1

DA

TA

6D

AT

A8

DA

TA

7

DA

TA

4D

AT

A10

DA

TA

5D

AT

A9

DA

TA

13D

AT

A2

DA

TA

12D

AT

A3

DA

TA

11

DA

TA

15D

AT

A0

DA

TA

14D

AT

A1

DM

AR

QN

.C.

GN

D

GN

DR

ES

ET

*

3140 39 38 37 36 3235 34 33 2630 29 28 27 23 2225 24 121921 20 18 17 14 1316 15 79 81011 35 46 2 1

J355

40

40 J1406J1405

6532 41 15141211109 1387 25242321201918 221716 34333230292827 3126 39383736 4035

GN

DA

CK

D3

GN

D

GN

DD

7G

ND

D6

D5

GN

DD

4G

ND

D1

GN

DD

2G

ND

GN

DD

0G

ND

ST

B

1920 1213 101118 17 16 15 14 9 78 56 34 2 1

1 2 3 1310 11 127 84 5 6 9 16 17 18 19 2014 15

SE

LIN

*G

ND

INIT

GN

D

AU

TF

DG

ND

5VGN

D

GN

DS

ELE

CT

*G

ND

PE

*

FA

ULT

GN

D

GN

DB

US

Y*

721 6543 98 1110 1514 1612 13

N.C

.N

.C.

GN

DC

MO

DE

SK

20191817

141920 15161718 11 1013 12 6 58 79 124 3

B20A20 J356D

A20 B20

A20 B20

B20A20

1 2020 1

20 2011

J356H

J358H

J356L

J358D

J358L

120

1 20

20 1

201

A20 B20 J1461

B20 J1409A20

2 431

4 3 2 1

12V

GN

DG

ND

5V

J354

J351H1 2 3

5 4

J1410

31 2 4

4 5

J351D3 2 1

J351L

5

1 J357L

J357DJ357H

3 24 1

3 42 5

5 14 23 J352DJ352H

RS232C I/F

40 30

J1353 J1354J2 2PJ1

J1113

J1105

J1502

J1501

1 2 43 765 98 1110

1011 9 8 567 34 1 2 7 6 5 234 1

52 3 41 76 678911 10 125 34121314151617181920

10 118 95 6 7431 2 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

20 19 18 17 16 15

1 2 3 4 65

14 13 12 678911 10

117 8 9 10 1312 1514

125 34

181716 2019

20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 678911 10 125 34

1 32 5 64 1187 109 12 13 14 15 1816 17 19 20

GN

D

GN

D

LCD

D3

LCD

D2

LCD

D1

LCD

D0

LCD

CP

LCD

LP

LCD

VD

LCD

DF

N.C

.

N.C

.

N.C

.

LCD

EN

GN

D

PN

LRE

SE

BLO

N

GN

D

PN

LRxD

*

PN

LTxD

*

J1014J1015

J1010 J1009

J1003

J0024L

J0024D

J360D

J360L

J1455

6 5 4 3 2 1

5 3 24 11 432

1

J37013 42 5

4 J353D

J353LJ353H

2 31 4

2 13

J359H34 12 J359D

J1108

J1111

J1114

21 3 J1456FAN I/F

J1451J1452FOR SYSTEMFOR PDL

1:3.3V 2:GND3:5.0V 4:GND5:12V 6:GND 5:12V 6:GND

3:5.0V 4:GND1:3.3V 2:GND

7:N.C.

JTAG I/F

PC I/F

21

J101312

1 2

J1012

3

13 2

J1018J1019

5VTD

RD

GN

D

GN

D

5V GN

D

-5V

BD

IN(B

K)

TM

S

TC

AO

UT

TD

I

TC

K

GN

D

TR

ST

*

KR

TN

2

KD

GT

6

KR

TN

0

KR

TN

1

KD

GT

4

KD

GT

5

KD

GT

1

KD

GT

2

KD

GT

3

KD

GT

0

LRT

N2

5VGN

D

LDG

T0

LRT

N0

LDG

T2

LDG

T1

14 12 1113 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 4 123 4 3 2 1

1 2

J955

12

J1005J1002J1004 J1006

2 1J956

J1001

1:5V2:GND

1234

4 3 2 1 J361J1006

LCD

D2

D3

VE

EV

LCD

5VGN

D

D0

D1

VE

E

YD

DF

LPXS

EL

RIG

HT

LOW

ER

DO

FF

LEF

T

UP

PE

R

5VVE

E

VLC

D

BLO

N*

5V

J360H

J0024H

4:GND 8:GND

1:15V 5:5V2:GND 6:GND3:8V 7:3.3V

12V

SCAN HSYNC*SCAN VIDEO1

PDL VIDEOEN*PDL HSYNC*PDL VIDEO1VIDEO1RDY*

GND

GND5VGND

3132

26

2827

3029

2322

2524

MAXINT*BUSY*N.C.

DBUS<5>DBUS<2>CSACO*GND

GNDDBUS<14>DBUS<11>DBUS<8>GND

GNDABUS<8>ABUS<5>ABUS<2>

GNDABUS<14>ABUS<11>

12

1817

212019

1413

1615

7

98

1110

3

54

6

GND3.3V

21

3132

26

30292827

2322

2524

12

19

2120

1817

1413

1615

7

98

1011

3

54

6

21

88 DBUS<1>

22 3.3V1 GND 1

55 LWE*43 GND

HWR*34

76

GNDRD* 6

7

1111 GND109

DBUS<5>DBUS<4> 9

10

14 DBUS<15>1312 DBUS<10>

DBUS<13>14

1213

1615

ABUS<4>GND

17 ABUS<7>

151617

1918

GNDABUS<9>

20 ABUS<13>1918

20

GND

2727 WAKEUP

21 SPRDY*22 SCAN VIDEO023 SCAN VSYNC*

2221

232425

N.C.PDL VIDEO0

26 PDL VSYNC*2524

26

3030 5V2928 5V

GND 2928

3231

12V3132

1818

GND

3.3V1GND2

12

RESET*3.3V3

4MIXINT*5

43

5

1212

9DBUS<3>9

CSA80*67

DBUS<0>876

8

GND1011

1011

15ABUS<1>15

1314

1314

ABUS<6>17ABUS<3>16

1716

MPRDY*21ABUS<12>20ABUS<10>19

212019

N.C.2423

SCAN CLK22

242322

5V26

PDL CLK25

272625

27

5V282930

282930

12V3132 32

31

A32

C32

J145

4

B32

PC

O1

12V

GN

D

J1401J1453

J1110(140Pins)

DBUS<7>DBUS<9>DBUS<12>GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

5VTD

RD

GN

D

MC

S42

*

DU

P M

OT

OR

FG

GN

DC

DA

TA

<2>

GN

DC

DA

TA

<3>

GN

DC

DA

TA

<4>

GN

DC

DA

TA

<5>

GN

DC

DA

TA

<6>

GN

DC

DA

TA

<7>

GN

DC

DA

TA

<8>

GN

DC

DA

TA

<9>

GN

DC

DA

TA

<10

>G

ND

CD

AT

A<

11>

GN

DC

DA

TA

<12

>G

ND

CD

AT

A<

13>

GN

DC

DA

TA

<14

>G

ND

CD

AT

A<

15>

GN

DC

DA

RT

AD

IR

PD

L V

IDE

O1-

PD

L V

IDE

O1+

GN

DP

DL

VID

EO

0-P

DL

VID

EO

0+G

ND

KD

GT

7

VE

VE

N<

5>V

EV

EN

<4>

GN

DV

EV

EN

<3>

VE

VE

N<

2>G

ND

VE

VE

N<

1>V

EV

EN

<0>

GN

D

VO

DD

<5>

VO

DD

<4>

GN

DV

OD

D<

3>V

OD

D<

2>G

ND

VO

DD

<1>

VO

DD

<0>

GN

D

1:3.3V 2:GND

PA

BU

S<

1>P

AB

US

<2>

PA

BU

S<

3>

BR

AO

UT

A<

1>B

RA

OU

TA

<2>

BR

AO

UT

A<

3>B

RA

OU

TA

<4>

BR

AO

UT

A<

5>B

RA

OU

TA

<6>

BR

AO

UT

A<

7>

BD

BU

S<

9>B

DB

US

<10

>B

DB

US

<11

>B

DB

US

<12

>B

DB

US

<13

>B

DB

US

<14

>B

DB

US

<15

>

BR

AO

UT

B<

1>B

RA

OU

TB

<2>

BR

AO

UT

B<

3>B

RA

OU

TB

<4>

BR

AO

UT

B<

5>B

RA

OU

TB

<6>

BR

AO

UT

B<

7>G

ND

GN

DS

GN

D

GN

D

J1008

BOARD to BOARD CONNECTOR

BOARD to BOARD CONNECTOR

40

J1106

30

J1107

General Circuit Diagram (7/7)

DC controller PCB

MFC PCB

Image server (HD)

Downloading PCB

Shielding wire

Shielding wireShielding wire

Shielding wire

Prin

ter

PC

B (

acce

ssor

y)

System motherboard

BD detection PCBLaser driver PCB 1

Keys, LEDs

Original orientation detection PCB

CCD PCB

Control panel CPU PCB

Contrast volume Control panel power switch

LCD panel

Touch panel

Back light

Image processor PCBPage memory PCB

Page 240: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

A-17

APPENDIX

Copying

Charging

Exposure

Copy density adjustment

Development

Pickup Auto

Manual

Transfer

Separation

Cleaning

Fixing

D . SPECIFICATIONS

1. Copiera. Type

Table A-101

b. System

Table A-102

Body

Copyboard

Light source

Lens

Photosensitive medium

Console

Fixed

Fluorescent lamp

Lens array (F3.7)

Amorphous silicon (108 mm dia.)

GP605/GP605V

Indirect photostatic

Corona

Twin laser

Auto or manual

Dry (toner projection)

Front deck (2 holders), front cassette (2 holders)

Manual feed tray(about 5.5 mm deep; about 50 sheets of 80 g/m2 paper)

Corona

Corona (static separation)

Blade

Heating rollersGP605 (100-V model): 760 W (main) + 400 W (sub)GP605V (100-V model): 850 W (main) + 360 W (sub)GP605 (120/230-V model): 910 W (main) + 390 W (sub)

Page 241: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

A-18

APPENDIX

c. Performance

Table A-103-1

Original type

Maximum original size

Wait time

First copy

Continuous copying

Copy size

DIRECT

REDUCE I

REDUCE II

REDUCE III

REDUCE IV

REDUCE V

REDUCE VI

ENLARGE I

ENLARGE II

ENLARGE III

ENALRGE IV

ENALRGE V

ZOOM

GP605 / GP605V

Sheet, book, 3-D object (2 kg max.)

A3

1 : 1

1 : 0.250

1 : 0.500

1 : 0.611

1 : 0.707

1 : 0.816

1 : 0.865

1 : 1.154

1 : 1.224

1 : 1.414

1 : 2.000

1 : 4.000

1 : 0.250 to 4.00 (in 1% increments)

5 min or less (at 20°C room temperature)

6.5 sec (stream reading, right deck, Direct, A4/LTR, non-AE,face-down delivery)5.2 sec (book mode, cassette 1, Direct, A4/LTR, non-AE, straight delivery, notincluding pre-heating of fluorescent lamp)

999 copies max.

Single-sided

Double-sided

AB

Inch

AB

Inch

A3 max.; postcard min. (vertical feeding)

279.4 × 431.8 mm (11"×17") max., STMT min. (verticalfeeding)

A3 max., A5 min. (vertical feeding)

279.4 × 431.8 mm (11"×17") max., STMT min. (verticalfeeding)

Rep

rodu

ctio

n ra

tio

Page 242: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

A-19

APPENDIX

Table A-103-2

• Plain Paper (64 to 80 g/m2)A4, B5, LTR

• Tracing Paper (SM-1)A4, B5

• Colored Paper (recommended by Canon)A4

• Thick Paper (90 to 200 g/m2)A4, B5, LTR

• Plain Paper (64 to 80 g/m2)A3, B4, A4, B5, A5R, A4R, B5R, 279.4 × 431.8 mm (11"×17"),LGL, LTR, LTRR, STMT (vertical feeding)

• Tracing Paper (SM-1)A3, B4, A4, B5, A4R, B5R

• Colored Paper (recommended by Canon)B4, A4, A4R

• Thick Paper (90 to 200 g/m2)A3, B4, A4, B5, AR, B5R, LTR, LTRR

• Plain Paper (64 to 80 g/m2)A3, B4, A4, B5, A5R, A4R, B5R, 279.4 × 431.8 mm (11"×17"),LGL, LTR, LTRR, STMT (vertical feeding)

• Tracing Paper (SM-1, GNT-80, GSN-75)A3, B4, A4, B5, A4R, B5R

• Colored Paper (recommended by Canon)B4, A4, A4R

• Postcard (vertical feeding only)Japanese government postcards

• Label Sheet (recommended by Canon)B4, A4, A4R, LTR, LTRR

• Thick Paper (90 to 200 g/m2)A3, B4, A4, B5, A4R, B5R, LTR, LTRR

Right deckLeft deck

Cassette 3Cassette 4

Manual feed tray

Copy paper type

Page 243: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

A-20

APPENDIX

• Plain Paper (64 to 80 g/m2)A3, B4, A4, B5, A5R, A4R, B5R, 279.4 × 431.8 mm (11"×17"),LGL, LTR, LTRR, STMT (vertical feeding)

• Tracing Paper (SM-1, GNT-80, GSN-75)A3, B4, A4, B5, A4R, B5R

• Transparency (recommended by Canon)A4, A4R, LTR, LTRR

• Colored Paper (recommended by Canon)B4, A4, A4R

• Postcard (vertical feeding only)Japanese government postcards

• Label Sheet (recommended by Canon)B4, A4, A4R, LTR, LTRR

• Thick Paper (90 to 200 g/m2)A3, B4, A4, B5, A4R, B5R, LTR, LTRR

• Plain Paper (64 to 80 g/m2)A3, B4, A4, B5, A5R, A4R, B5R, 279.4 × 431.8 mm (11"×17"),LGL, LTR, LTRR, STMT (vertical feeding)

• Tracing Paper (SM-1, GNT-80, GSN-75)A3, B4, A4, B5, A4R, B5R

• Colored Paper (recommended by Canon)B4, A4, A4R

• Postcard (vertical feeding only)Japanese government postcards

• Label Sheet (recommended by Canon)B4, A4, A4R, LTR, LTRR

• Thick Paper (90 to 200 g/m2)A3, B4, A4, B5, A4R, B5R, LTR, LTRR

• Plain Paper (64 to 80 g/m2)A3, B4, A4, B5, A5R, A4R, B5R, 279.4 × 431.8 mm (11"×17"),LGL, LTR, LTRR, STMT (vertical feeding)

• Colored Paper (recommended by Canon)B4, A4, A4R

• Thick Paper (90 to 200 g/m2)A3, B4, A4, B5, A4R, B5R, LTR, LTRR

• Plain Paper (64 to 80 g/m2)A3, B4, A4, B5, A5R, A4R, B5R, 279.4 × 431.8 mm (11"×17"),LGL, LTR, LTRR, STMT (vertical feeding)

• Colored Paper (recommended by Canon)B4, A4, A4R

• Postcard (vertical feeding only)Japanese government postcards

• Thick Paper (90 to 200 g/m2)A3, B4, A4, B5, A4R, B5R, LTR, LTRR

Table A-103-3

Double-sided mode

Auto

Manualfeed tray

Single-sided mode

Face-down delivery mode

Copy paper type

Page 244: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

A-21

APPENDIX

No

162 mm deep (approx.; about 1,500 sheets of 80 g/m2)

60 mm deep (approx.; about 550 sheets of 80 g/m2)

250 sheets (approx.; equivalent of 80 g/m2 paper)

2GB

Direct, Enlarge/Reduce: 4.0 +1.5, -1.0 mm (4.0 + 1.8, -1.4 mm)*

Direct, Enlarge/Reduce: 2.5 ±1.5 mm (2.5 ±1.8 mm)*

Direct, Enlarge/Reduce: 2.5 ±1.5 mm (2.5 ±1.8 mm)*

Yes (2 min standard; may be changed between 0 and 9 min in 1-min increments)

No

Yes (15 min standard; may be changed in user mode to 10, 15,20, 30, 40, 50, 90 min or 2, 3, or 4 hr.)

Yes (60 min standard; may be changed in user mode to 10, 15,20, 30, 40, 50, 90 min or 2, 3, or 4 hr)

Yes

• Finisher-D1• Saddle Finisher-D2• Cover Insertion Unit-A1• Paper Folding Unit-B1• Side Paper Deck-C1• Cassette Heater Kit-16 (for Side Paper Deck-C1)• Remote Diagnostic Device II• Copy Data Controller-A1• Control Card V• Copy Tray Unit-D1• Original Base D1

Table 1-103-4

Claw

Paper deck (right,left)

Cassette 3/4

Leading edge

Trailing edge

Left/right (1st side)

Low power mode

Auto sleep

Power save mode

Accessory

Non-imagewidth

Tray

Powersavemode

Auto power-off

Delivery tray

Image server (hard disk size)

Auto clear

*When the ADF is used.

Page 245: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

A-22

APPENDIX

d. Others

Operatingconditions

Powersupply

Power consumption

GP605 / GP605V

15° to 30°C

5% to 80%

810.6 to 1013.3 hpa (0.8 to 1.0 atm)

100V : LLPxxxxx100V (GP605V) : LEExxxxx120V (UL) : NLExxxxx120V : NLZxxxxx230V (AMS) : ULExxxxx230V (FRN) : SLExxxxx

230V (UK) : QLExxxxx230V (DL) : TLExxxxx230V (ITA) : PLExxxxx230V (CA) : RLExxxxx230V : PLPxxxxx

Temperature

Humidity

Serial No.

Table A-104-1

Noise

Keep copy paper wrapped to protect against humidity. Avoid directsunshine, and keep at 40°C/85% or less.

(Sound power level :impulse mode)

Ozone (8 hr average)

DimensionsWidthDepthHeight

Weight

Copy paperToner

Consumables

78 dB or less55 dB or less

764 mm795 mm1137 mm

251Kg

0.05 ppm or less

CopyingStanby

100V/20A

2.0

498

357

12

158

346

311

269

100V/15A

1.5

497

355

12

155

315

269

224

120V

2.0

474

335

12

141

313

270

216

230V

2.0

467

330

16

135

298

255

200

Maximum (kW)

Continuous* (Wh): (Reference)

Standby (Wh): (Reference)

SLEEP (Wh): (Reference)

LOW-POWERMODE (Wh): (Reference)

ENERGYSAVERMODE (Wh): (Reference)

*The operationg conditions are as follows:As many as 10 originals are placed, the copy count is set to '20', andthis sequence is repeated three times with the intervals of jobs being20 min.

-10%

-25%

-50%

AtmosphericPressure

Page 246: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

A-23

APPENDIX

Table A-104-2 Copying Speed (copier alone)

Size

A3(297×420mm)

A4(210×297mm)

B4(257×364mm)

B5(182×257mm)

A4R(297×210mm)

B5R(257×182mm)

A3!A5R

B4!A5R

A3!A4R

B4!A4R

A4!B5

A3!B4

A5R!A3

A4R!A3

B5R!B4

A4R!B4

B4!A3

B5!A4

III(61.1%)

IV(70.7%)

V(81.6%)

VI(86.5%)

II(200.0%)

III(141.4%)

IV(122.4%)

V(115.4%)

Copy paper size

A3

A4

B4

B5

A4R

B5R

B5R

B5R

A4R

A4R

B5

B4

A3

A3

B4

B4

A3

A4

copies/min*

26(30)

55(60)

32(35)

58(60)

33(43)

33(50)

34

38

32

36

57

28

–*

23

23

27

28

50

Reduce

Enlarge

Reproduction mode

Direct

Note: A5R originals cannot be set in the ADF.*1-to-n values are in parentheses.

Page 247: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

A-24

APPENDIX

Table A-104-3 Copying Speed (copier alone)

The specifications are subject to change for product improvement.

Size

279.4×431.8mm(11"×17")

LTR

LGL

LTRR

STMTR

279.4×431.8mm(11"×17")!LTRR

279.4×431.8mm(11"×17")!LGL

LGL!LTRR

STMTR!279.4×431.8mm

(11"×17")

LTRR!279.4×431.8mm

(11"×17")

LGL!279.4×431.8mm

(11"×17")

Copy Size

279.4×431.8mm(11"×17")

LTR

LGL

LTRR

STMT

LTRR

LGL

LTRR

279.4×431.8mm(11"×17")

279.4×431.8mm(11"×17")

279.4×431.8mm(11"×17")

copies/min*

23(30)

55(60)

36(36)

33(46)

–*(60)

30

28

38

–*

25

27

Reduce

Enlarge

III(64.7%)

IV(73.3%)

V(78.6%)

II(200.0%)

III(129.4%)

IV(121.4%)

Reproduction mode

Direct

Note: A5R originals cannot be set in the ADF.*1-to-n values are in parentheses.

Page 248: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

A-25

APPENDIX

Table A-105

2. Side Paper Deck-C1

The specifications are subject to change for product improvement.

Item

Pickup

Paper storage

Copy paper type

Paper storage capacity

Serial No.

Paper size alternation

Dimensions

Weight

Power supply

Operating Conditions Temperature Humidity Atmospheric pressure

Descriptions

No claw (retard) type

Side tray

• Plain Paper (64 to 80 g/m2)A4, B5, LTR

• Tracing Paper (SM-1)A4, B5

• Colored Paper (recommended by Canon)A4

• Thick Paper (90 to 200 g/m2)A4, B5, LTR

385 mm high (stack; approx.; about 3,500 sheets of 80 g/m2)

A4 type: ZQYxxxxx/LTR type: ZQZxxxxx

By relocating the size guide plate (in steps), by setting in service mode (OPTION)

329 (W) × 583 (D) × 680 (H) mm

33.5 kg (approx.)

DC power from the copier.

Same as the copier.

Page 249: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

A-26

APPENDIX

ShapeTool No.

FY9-2002

FY9-4008

TKN-0093

FY9-3040

FY9-9196

FY9-3041

Tool name

Digitalmultimeter

Laser powerchecker

Door switch

Mirrorpositioningtool(front, rear)

NA-3 test sheet

Potentialsensor testerelectrode

Rank*

A

A

A

B

A

B

No.

1

2

3

4

5

6

Remarks

For adjusting the laserintensity together withthe laser power checker(for electrical checks).

For adjusting the lightintensity together withthe digital multimeter.

For adjusting thedistance between No. 1and No. 2 mirrors.

For adjusting imagesand making checks.

For checking the zerolevel of the surfacepotential sensor.

E. SPECIAL TOOLS TABLE

You will need the following tools in addition to the standard tools set to service the copier.

Page 250: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

A-27

APPENDIX

*Rank:A: Each service person is expected to carry one.B: Each five or so service persons is expected to carry one.C: Each workshop is expected to carry one.

ShapeTool No.

FY9-3014

FY9-3038

FY9-3039

Tool name

Environmentsensor metersensor

Testerextension pin

Testerextension Pin (L-tipped)

Rank*

B

A

A

No.

7

8

9

Remarks

For checking theenvironment sensor.

For making electricalchecks (attachment tothe meter).

For making electricalchecks (attachment tothe meter).

Page 251: IR600 HB Rev 1 Final

A-28

APPENDIX

Composition

Hydrocarbon ofthe fluorinefamily, alcohol,surface activatingagent, water

Hydrocarbon offluorine family,hydrocarbon ofchlorine family,alcohol

Lithium soap ofmineral family,molybdenumdisulfide

Mineral oil(paraffin family)

Silicone oil

Selenium oxide

Silicone oil

Fluorine polyethyl, Poly tetrafluorine ethylene

F. SOLVENTS/OILS

No.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Name

Alcohol

Solvent

Heat-resistinggrease

Lubricant

Lubricant

Drum cleaningpowder

Lubricant

Conductinggrease

Uses

Cleaning; e.g., glass, plastic,rubber (externalcovers)

Cleaning;e.g., metal areas;removing oil ortoner.

Lubricating;e.g., fixing driveparts.

Lubricating;e.g., friction parts.

Cleaning;e/g., photosensitivedrum.

Lubricating;e.g., scanner rail.

Drum heatercontact

Remarks

• Do not bring near fire.• Procure locally.• IPA (isopropyl alcohol)

• Do not bring near fire.• Procure locally.

• CK-0427 (500 g/can)

• CK-0524 (100 cc)

• CK-0551 (20 g)

• CK-0429

• FY9-6011 (50 cc)

• FY9-6008 (10 g)